WO2009154301A1 - Block for processing dental prostheses, and manufacturing method therefor - Google Patents
Block for processing dental prostheses, and manufacturing method therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2009154301A1 WO2009154301A1 PCT/JP2009/061541 JP2009061541W WO2009154301A1 WO 2009154301 A1 WO2009154301 A1 WO 2009154301A1 JP 2009061541 W JP2009061541 W JP 2009061541W WO 2009154301 A1 WO2009154301 A1 WO 2009154301A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- block
- composite resin
- resin material
- curing
- color
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C13/00—Dental prostheses; Making same
- A61C13/0003—Making bridge-work, inlays, implants or the like
- A61C13/0022—Blanks or green, unfinished dental restoration parts
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C13/00—Dental prostheses; Making same
- A61C13/0003—Making bridge-work, inlays, implants or the like
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a dental prosthesis processing block suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis by CADCAM (Computer Aided Design / Computer Aided Manufacturing Method) and a manufacturing method thereof.
- CADCAM Computer Aided Design / Computer Aided Manufacturing Method
- the prosthesis model obtained from the oral cavity is accurately converted into data, and the prosthesis processing block is accurately created. Since the equipment for grinding and cutting can be easily obtained, accurate and quick production of dental prostheses has been realized.
- a resin block, a ceramic block, or a hybrid resin block that is a composite material of both has been proposed as a block used for processing.
- the hybrid resin is also called a composite resin material.
- Ceramic blocks are made of materials that are harmless to the living body, and are excellent in aesthetics. However, due to the occurrence of microcracks caused by impacts such as machining, cracks occur frequently during use, and for long-term use. In addition, it is necessary to carry out additional processing such as covering processing. On the other hand, resin blocks including hybrid resin blocks do not lose their strength even if they are processed by cutting, grinding, etc., compared to ceramic blocks. When processing is necessary, and when creating a block by overlaying multiple resins In order to obtain an integrated structure, sufficient bonding by pressing is necessary, and there are many problems in manufacturing.
- a rod-shaped body obtained by mixing a polymer powder made of polymethyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate ⁇ ⁇ is pressurized, heated and pressurized for polymerization
- Another method is known in which, for example, a rod-like body made of the same material for enamel is superposed and pressure-molded and then polymerized.
- this method is carried out, after all, it is necessary to fill the rod-shaped body sufficient for the shape of the mold for pressure molding, and degassing that is difficult with the rod-shaped body must also be performed separately. It becomes a complicated manufacturing method.
- the interface at the interface becomes insufficient and the masticatory force may not be able to be maintained.
- the prosthesis obtained is inevitably deteriorated during long-term use.
- some prosthetics are formed by injection molding instead of pressure molding, but although workability is obtained, there is a problem in mechanical strength as described above, and degradation is a problem even in the long term. Become.
- Patent Document 1 describes an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 0.001 to 0.0 suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis using a CA D CAM device.
- a dental resin material comprising an acrylic resin polymer containing 20 to 70% by weight is described.
- Patent Document 2 describes a polymer resin and a filler, which are suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis by a CAD CAM procedure and are substantially crack-free and manufactured to pass a thermal shock test. Including mill blanks.
- Patent Document 3 is located in an alveolar bone that is in contact with soft tissue, and is a bone tissue proximity surface extending from the tip of the dental implant to the interface at the neck portion of the dental implant, and a shoulder of the dental implant from the interface. A soft tissue proximate surface extending to the shoulder and the shoulder is inclined relative to the axis of the dental implant. ing.
- Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10 0-3 2 3 3 5 3
- Patent Document 2 Special Table 2 0 0 3-5 2 9 3 8 6
- Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 5 1 2 7 0 6 60 0 Summary of the Invention
- any conventional resin block, ceramic block, or composite resin block proposed for processing a dental prosthesis has a problem to be solved.
- ceramic blocks are often cracked shortly after their manufacture, and a prosthesis that can be used stably is about the size of an inlay that can be prosthetic in areas where external pressure is not applied.
- the resin block is complicated in the processing of foam and the like, and in the case of obtaining a gradation of color tone with the aim of achieving an aesthetic effect, an embossing process is used. In this case, the strength varies.
- the object of the present invention is therefore suitable for the manufacture of dental prostheses using CAD CAM, has excellent aesthetic effects, has excellent mechanical strength without special processing such as coating treatment, and is stable over a long period of time. Excellent for workability such as cutting and grinding, without bubbles remaining inside the block, and multiple layers of resin to obtain a natural color tone and further improve the aesthetic effect Improved dental prosthesis processing block and method for manufacturing the same, which can firmly bond the resins together without a pressing process even when gradation is given by color matching Is to provide.
- the present inventors have filled a saddle shape having a block shape with a composite resin material (hybrid resin material) containing an inorganic filler such as a ceramic filler.
- a composite resin material hybrid resin material
- an inorganic filler such as a ceramic filler.
- a gradient with a blurred boundary is formed by partially forming a resin layer while inserting a shielding object (partition wall) having a plurality of protrusions into one bowl shape.
- the present invention is a method of manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block comprising:
- the present invention also relates to a dental prosthesis processing block manufactured by the method of the present invention described above and described in detail below, and its use and processing, for example, processing of a dental prosthesis.
- the strength and strength of the composite resin material can be reduced by repeating the rotary stirring operation and the polymerization treatment while the composite resin material is injected into the vertical shape, while being a simple process.
- Excellent and uniform material can form a dental prosthesis processing block suitable for CADCAM processing.
- it has an excellent aesthetic effect, excellent mechanical strength without special treatment such as coating treatment, can be used stably over a long period of time, has excellent workability such as cutting and grinding, and foam.
- the block is formed by overlapping a plurality of resin layers, the resin layers are firmly bonded to each other without a pressurizing step, and the color tone close to natural and Furthermore, it is possible to form a dental prosthesis processing block having an improved aesthetic effect and a gradation in color tone.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view for sequentially explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a rotation stirring process performed in accordance with the present invention in the embodiment of FIG.
- FIG. 3 is a front view (a) and a perspective view (b) of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG.
- FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
- Fig. 5 The rotary stirring process performed in accordance with the present invention in the embodiment of Fig. 4 It is a schematic diagram explaining the process.
- FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG. 4.
- FIG. 7 is a vertical perspective view that can be used when a plurality of blocks are manufactured simultaneously.
- FIG. 8 is a front view (a) of the rib member used in the embodiment of FIG. 1 and a sectional view (b) for explaining a state in which the rib member is attached to the saddle type.
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view illustrating another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
- FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of members used to implement another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the method of manufacturing one member of FIG. 10 in order.
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the method of manufacturing the other member of FIG. 10 step by step.
- FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view for step-by-step description of another embodiment of the present invention using the member shown in FIG.
- FIG. 14 is a perspective view (a) and a top view (b) drawn from a photograph of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG.
- FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view for explaining still another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic view showing one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic view for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic view showing another embodiment (half) of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment (second half) of the present invention.
- the present invention provides a step of preparing a saddle mold having an inner surface shape corresponding to an outer surface shape of a block in manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block;
- the block is composed of an integral combination of a plurality of block members, and in the filling process, the composite resin material is filled in a plurality of times, and each filling is performed. It is preferable that after the step, a rotating stirring treatment step and a curing step are sequentially performed, and after the final curing step, the obtained cured product is further polymerized and cured to form a bonded body.
- the block is composed of an integral combination of a plurality of block members, and in the filling process, a plurality of composite resin materials having different hues are prepared and sequentially provided. Filling, and after each filling process, rotating stirring process step and curing process under vacuum It is preferable that the steps are sequentially performed, and after the final curing step, the obtained cured product is further overlapped and cured to form a bonded body.
- the method instead of creating a block member by sequentially filling the composite resin material, subjecting it to a rotary stirring process, and further curing it on site. It is preferable that the method further includes a step of loading a block member produced by filling the composite resin material, subjecting it to a rotating stirring process, and further curing it at a place other than the site, into a vertical shape.
- the filling step further includes a step of forming a block member in the presence of the partition member disposed in the saddle mold.
- the surface of the partition wall member includes a plurality of minute protrusions, and the pattern of the protrusions is transferred to the surface of the block member.
- the major axis direction of the block whose outer surface shape is defined by the inner surface shape is preferably substantially perpendicular or horizontal to the vertical rotation axis direction.
- the block further includes a rib (also referred to as a rib material), the rib is formed of a cylindrical body, and is formed in a groove portion or a part formed continuously along the outer periphery thereof. It may have a notched part.
- a rib also referred to as a rib material
- this invention exists in the block for dental prosthesis processing manufactured by the method of this invention.
- the block is composed of an integrated combination of a plurality of block members, and the outer peripheral surface thereof.
- a gradation with a blurred boundary is given, that is, a block having a gradation (hereinafter also referred to as a “gradation block”).
- the block of the present invention has no bubbles inside the block, that is, bubbles are prevented from being bubbled in the manufacturing process of the block. Preferably it is discharged.
- the saddle shape used in the practice of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a saddle shape having an inner surface shape corresponding to the outer surface shape of the block that is the final object.
- This saddle type may have a structure in which a rib material for supporting the block is detachably attached, or the rib material can be attached.
- the saddle shape used in the present invention only needs to have at least a shape that determines the block shape, and may be a vertical shape or a horizontal shape, and may be combined with a rib as necessary. May be provided.
- the vertical type is higher than the horizontal type, it is preferable in that it allows more blocks to be manufactured at one time. However, when manufacturing a gradient block, the vertical type is preferred. It is necessary to use a partition member (partition) of the mold.
- the vertical partition member is preferably made of a light-transmitting material capable of transmitting visible light or the like, for example, because it performs photopolymerization of the composite resin material, but the vertical type itself can transmit visible light or the like. Any partition member that is impermeable to visible light or the like may be used.
- the saddle mold may be composed of one mold member, or may be composed of two or more mold members.
- the respective mold members may be the same or mutually It may be different.
- the vertical shape may have an upper portion mainly opened, and thereby sufficient deaeration can be achieved by rotary stirring.
- the resin used in the present invention can be a resin generally used in the field of dental prosthesis processing blocks.
- suitable resins include, but are not limited to, for example, ⁇ ethylene glycol monomethyl methacrylate, diurethane dimethyl methacrylate, urethane trimethacrylate ⁇ , urethane trimethyl acrylate.
- fillers are used in the resin as described above.
- the inorganic filler to be included can include any inorganic filler. Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, for example, inorganic composites such as silica, alumina, zirconia, silica-zirconia, phosphate power such as glass, mica, feldspar, and hydroxyapatite, and those Examples of such organic composite fillers. These fillers may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more fillers. These inorganic fillers are preferably used in the form of finely divided fine particles in order to disperse them uniformly in the resin and to achieve a good aesthetic effect.
- the average particle diameter of the inorganic filler is usually from 0.1 to 20 / m, and preferably from 0.3 to 5 m.
- the inorganic filler can be blended in an arbitrary amount to constitute the composite resin material.
- the proportion of the inorganic filler is usually 50 to 95%, preferably 70 to 85%.
- the same or different materials as the inorganic filler preferably The same material can be used in the form of a mixture of those with the above particle sizes and those with 10 to 300 nm. By using such a filler mixture, for example, the wear resistance is improved and the filler can be filled at a high density, so that it is possible to easily form a smooth surface during polishing. Can do.
- a coupling agent preferably a silane coupling agent
- a silane coupling agent may be added in order to improve dispersibility and wettability when using an inorganic filler. preferable.
- silane force coupling agent By adding a silane force coupling agent, it is possible to finally produce a more uniform hybrid type prosthesis.
- silane coupling agents include 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyljetoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxy. Examples include cyclopropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methylpropyloxydimethoxysilane.
- the addition amount of these silane coupling agents is usually 0.5 to 50% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 15% by weight, based on the inorganic filler.
- the addition of the silane coupling agent can be carried out by any method, but examples include the method described in the following paper: T. Nihei et al., J. Dent. Res .81 (7) : 482-486, 2002, H. Ishida et al., J Colloid. Interf ace. Sci. 64 (3): 555-564, 1978, RH Hal vorson et al., Dent. Mater. 1 9: 327-333, 2003.
- inorganic fillers that have already been treated with silane for example, silica that has already been treated with silane coupling agents, can be suitably used.
- additives can be arbitrarily blended in the composite resin material.
- suitable additives include, but are not limited to, sensitizers, that is, photosensitizers and thermal sensitizers, colorants, reducing agents, stabilizers, diluents, and the like. . These additives can be added in any desired amount to form the block of the present invention and the prosthesis, respectively.
- Examples of the photosensitizer and thermal sensitizer include camphorquinone, Benzyl, diacetyl, benzyl dimethyl ketal, benzyl diethyl ketal, benzyl di (2-methoxetyl) ketal, 4,4 'monodimethyl pentyl mono dimethyl ketal, anthraquinone, 1 — black anthraquinone, 2 — black Mouth anthraquinone, 1, 2 — Benzanthraquinone, 1 — Hydroxian traquinone, 1 — Methylthraquinone, 2 — Ethylanthraquinone, 1 — Bromoanthraquinone, thixanthone, 2 — isopropyl thixanthone, 2-Throthioxanthone, 2-Methylthioxanthone, 2, 4 —Zimechi Ruthioxanthone,
- Tertiary amine As the reducing agent, tertiary amine is generally used. Tertiary amines include, for example, N, N-dimethyl-p- ⁇ izidine, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, triethanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4 — Examples include isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples of other reducing agents include benzoyl peroxide, azobisisoptyronitrile, sulfinic acid soda derivatives, and organic metal compounds.
- the colorant examples include inorganic pigments such as iron oxide, titanium oxide, and alumina oxide, anatto dye, cacao dye, gardenia yellow dye, colyan dye, cochineal dye, evening onion dye, lac dye, and tamarind dye. , Red cabbage pigment, safflower yellow pigment, red radish pigment, turmeric pigment, grape juice pigment, bean tread, grape skin pigment, red maple pigment, purple imo pigment, red grape yellow pigment, Ayamurasaki pigment, gardenia blue pigment Natural pigments such as purple corn pigment, gardenia red pigment, elda berry pigment, jS_carotene, riboflavin, riboflavin butyrate ester, riboflavin 5'-phosphate ester sodium, etc.
- inorganic pigments such as iron oxide, titanium oxide, and alumina oxide, anatto dye, cacao dye, gardenia yellow dye, colyan dye, cochineal dye, evening onion dye, lac dye, and tamarind dye.
- Red cabbage pigment sa
- hydroquinone monomethyl ether examples include acetone, ethyl acetate, ethanol, and dichloromethane.
- the present invention is characterized in that after the composite resin material as described above is filled into a saddle shape, the composite resin material is subjected to a rotating stirring treatment while the composite resin material is filled into the saddle shape.
- the rotary stirring treatment in the present invention can be performed by any method, it can be performed by using a method and an apparatus that can rotate the vertical mold at the same time and rotate it at the same time.
- the rotary stirring process of the present invention can be suitably carried out by using a mixer that performs rotation and revolution described in Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 3-3 6 6 13.
- a mixer that rotates and revolves By using a mixer that rotates and revolves, the mixing time of the composite resin material may be shortened to about 2 to 6 minutes.
- the rotary stirring process can easily remove bubbles with high viscosity, but even in a laminated block in which filling and rotary stirring polymerization are performed several times, A block with high strength can be manufactured as a whole.
- the rotary stirring process can be performed, for example, as “Awatori Neritaro” (trade name), a rotation / revolution method mixer commercially available from Sinky Corporation, and other rotation / revolution methods.
- a mixer may be used.
- the present invention it is preferable to perform a rotary stirring process under a vacuum.
- a vacuum By applying a vacuum, it is possible to remove bubbles more sufficiently and to form a uniform mixed resin material.
- the degree of vacuum to be applied is usually from 0.5 :! to 20 kPa, preferably from 0.5 to 2.OkPa.
- the rotational stirring treatment of the present invention it is possible to degas from the composite resin material having a high viscosity and to cause curing by polymerization at the same time as using a composite resin material having a low viscosity.
- faster curing and uniform curing can be achieved, which may be a favorable specification for manufacturing.
- the photopolymerization of the present invention it is preferable to use a combination of photopolymerization and thermal polymerization for curing the resin. That is, in the polymerization of the present invention, after first curing by photopolymerization, thermal polymerization is performed, and thereby sufficient curing and reaction can be performed to reduce the residual resin.
- the photopolymerization is usually performed by applying visible light such as ultraviolet light or blue light for 10 to 100 seconds. After the photopolymerization was completed in this way, finally, thermal polymerization by heating at 100-150 was conducted for 100-000 seconds. It is preferable to do this.
- an inorganic filler and a resin are mixed to prepare a composite resin material.
- the inorganic filler and the resin are preliminarily used by using any means or other means used for the rotation stirring process. Stir well in advance. After stirring, the resulting composite resin material (which can be called “mixed resin material” because it is a precursor that will eventually become a composite resin material) is placed in a bowl and further used as a rotary stirring means. Load it.
- the composite resin material is usually subjected to rotational stirring for 0.5 to 2 hours.
- the time for the rotary stirring treatment of the composite resin material is preferably 5 to: 10 minutes.
- the first resin curing that is, the resin curing by photopolymerization is performed.
- the bowl-shaped material used is a material that can transmit ultraviolet light or visible light, preferably blue light
- the entire amount of the composite resin material is filled in the bowl as it is and kneading and polymerization are performed. Can do.
- the final block is a single composite resin block.
- the composite resin material is divided into multiple portions and filled into the vertical shape.
- the final block is a single composite resin block consisting of multiple resin layers.
- the photopolymerization process it is easy to handle, especially in the ultraviolet and visible light rays, and it is applied to the human body like ultraviolet rays. Visible light such as blue light with no danger can be preferably used.
- the irradiation light for polymerization that can be suitably used is generally called “visible light”.
- a composite resin material when a composite resin material is divided into a plurality of times and filled into a bowl and cured by photopolymerization each time, it is preferable to use a composite resin material having a different color each time. .
- a gradient block that is, a block with a gradient composed of at least a plurality of colors can be realized.
- the saddle type may be provided with an opening for light irradiation in order to irradiate a predetermined amount of visible light or the like to the photopolymerizable composite resin material that is the content thereof.
- irradiation with visible light or the like can be performed by applying arbitrary irradiation conditions. For example
- irradiation with visible light targeting the resin is a general purpose illumination means and illumination conditions.
- a sufficiently polymerized block is finally obtained by repeatedly performing the step of rotating and stirring the composite resin material in a bowl shape and irradiating with visible light or the like. Can obtain a prosthesis.
- the composite resin material in the basket is subjected to photopolymerization curing with visible light or the like, and then cured by thermal polymerization.
- Thermal polymerization curing can be carried out under any heating condition, but is usually 1 to 24 hours at a temperature of 100 to 200.
- Thermal polymerization and curing by heating can be performed with the composite resin material after photopolymerization and curing in a bowl shape.
- the thermal polymerization curing is 1 to 5 hours at a temperature of 100 to 1550.
- the composite resin material is divided into a plurality of times and filled into a saddle shape and rotated. When the stirring process is performed, since the photopolymerization process is mainly performed repeatedly, the resulting block is formed in a layer shape, but by rotating the stirring process after filling the composite resin material, It has almost the same strength.
- the lower part 3 1 of the mold has a part (lower half) of the block forming part 3 2a formed by a half-recess to define the inner surface shape of the saddle mold 11 corresponding to the outer surface shape of the block. And a rib placing portion 3 2 b.
- the block forming part 3 2 a can be formed by superimposing the saddle upper part 3 3 on the saddle lower part 3 1.
- the vertical mold 1 1 may be pre-placed with ribs 35 for supporting the block, otherwise the ribs 35 are placed before filling with the composite resin material (precursor). May be.
- the composite resin material precursor
- the other half of the saddle (the saddle type) is attached to the lower part 3 1 of the bowl with the concave block forming part 3 2 a and the rib placing part 3 2 b.
- a composite resin material is poured into the obtained mold 1 1 from the opening 3 4, and the mold resin 1 1 is filled with the composite resin material.
- the saddle mold 1 1 can be formed from any material.
- part of the material of the vertical mold 11 may be made of a material that transmits visible light or the like, or all of the material may be made of a material that transmits visible light or the like.
- the vertical mold 1 1 After completing the filling of the composite resin material in the vertical mold 1 1, as shown in Fig. 5, for example, the vertical mold 1 1 is preferably loaded into a rotating and revolving rotary agitator and the composite resin is rotated and revolved. The material is uniformly kneaded.
- the present invention resides in a dental prosthesis processing block and a method for manufacturing the same.
- the present inventors have also invented a method for manufacturing dental prostheses such as crowns and inlays using such blocks or other blocks. This will be described below.
- the Rabbit Prototype has a further advantage over the conventional method of forming a three-dimensional shape by dot-outputting an adhesive or fluid layer to the powder layer and forming a three-dimensional shape.
- This is a technique for modeling by laminating a colored resin on a base material and curing it at the same time as the 3D inkjet printer shown in No. 0 publication. A detailed copy model is now formed. It was.
- Such 3D modeling equipment is a 3D CAD software for performing 3D modeling, which creates data and drives these modeling equipment based on a large amount of data.
- handling software requires a certain amount of skill and time, and the skill of the person handling it is necessary.
- the colorant is applied to the three-dimensional object.
- the present invention is provided with a printing surface obtained by printing colored ink on a transparent or translucent uncolored prosthesis shape surface by a plane moving ink jet printing means for three-dimensional printing.
- a method for manufacturing dental prostheses is sufficient for operating the printing means.
- image plane coloring data for at least four front and back side surfaces the front teeth may be front and back surfaces
- Planar movement type ink jet printing hand for three-dimensional object printing in the present invention For example, commercially available material pudding (Dimatix (trademark) DMP-2831, manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), DI RECT-JET (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Corporation), etc. And the aspect comprised by combining the prosthesis placement part which can be rotated by a predetermined rotation angle is shown.
- the present invention is not limited as long as it has a nozzle for ejecting ink, and the ink ejected on the printing surface adheres in a dot-like manner, and this is continuously performed to form, color, and form a pattern. It is intended to indicate things, and is not limited to the above-mentioned general sales pudding.
- the color tone in order to express the color tone through the surface layer to be finally coated, it was determined by forming a color sample with the color after coating changed on the computer screen or by superimposing it with the standard color. If the standard color matches, it may be necessary to convert this standard color to a value obtained by subtracting the surface layer parameters. That is, the adjacent tooth and the standard tooth color such as Vita color are compared. Subtract surface layer parameters from standard tooth color data. The print color is determined from the reduced tone data.
- a color sample through the surface layer is prepared in advance, and the color sample is compared with the adjacent tooth. An approximate color sample is determined, and a virtual color arrangement according to the sample value is performed on the computer.
- the determined color sample data is input to the computer and displayed on the screen. Furthermore, it is preferable to add a process of determining ink. For example, the surface layer value, constant, and the measured CMYK value, L *, a *, b * value are determined by calculation such as addition / subtraction / multiplication / division. Also good.
- the transparent or translucent uncolored prosthesis-shaped surface in the present invention is made of ceramics, hard resin (including hybrid resin, etc.), resin, glass, metal, etc., including silane coupling treatment thereof, etc.
- a transparent, translucent, uncolored prosthesis that may have a surface treatment, the uncolored prosthesis is a crown with an adjusted shape, preferably for anterior teeth Is shown.
- Si0 2, Ti0 2, Zr0 2, in feldspar, transparent or translucent ceramic box member to control the particle diameter through the grain boundary after the amorphous component or baking is exemplified.
- hybrid Doserami Kkusurejin with MFR c Ivry Tsu Dorejin, as Huy La one, Si0 2, Ti0 2, Zr0 2, feldspar Ti0 2 - Si0 2, A 1 2 0 3 - Si0 2, S i0 2 -Ba0-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 S i0 2 -BaO-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 -F, S i0 2 -SrO- B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 , As a resin component, such as glass ceramics such as S i0 2 -BaO- SrO- B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 -F, S i0 2 -BaO- Sr0-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 Triethylene glycolate emulsion rate, Diurete crepe rate rate, Urethane trim rate rate, Uretantate rate rate, Polyethylene glycolate emul
- Tertiary amine As the reducing agent, tertiary amine is generally used. Tertiary amines include N, N-dimethyl_p-toluidine, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, triethanolamine, 4-dimethylmethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples thereof include ethyl acid and isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate. Further, as other reducing agents, benzoyl peroxide, azobisisoptyronitrile, sodium sulfinate derivatives, organometallic compounds, etc. are used, and an unprocessed product block is provided.
- Transparency can be controlled because the refractive index can be easily adjusted by the blending ratio of these individual components by using glass ceramics with two or more components as a filler and copolymers with two or more components as resin components. .
- the imaging of the abutment tooth SH and the adjacent teeth RH 1 and RH 2 in the oral cavity shown in FIG. 16 is preferably performed under appropriate lighting.
- a ring strobe, a box strobe, a cold cathode examples include panel lights such as tubes, halogen lamps, LEDs, and organic EL.
- the shade guide used in the present invention includes, for example, a dental colorimeter shade eye N CC, a dental color marker N CC shade guide, a VITA glassical shade guide, and a VITA 3D MASTER.
- the acquisition of color information from neighboring teeth in the present invention includes, for example, a method of analyzing RGB values and C MYK values from a digital camera photographing overnight, and determining a tooth color according to the analysis values, The method of determining the tooth color by complementing the other one or several points of the adjacent teeth is exemplified.
- the print data may be generated based on the method of analyzing the value and determining the tooth color according to the analyzed value, and the multiple color shade mapping of the entire tooth.
- the design of the tooth to be created includes natural tooth-like images such as a method of correcting and processing a tooth photo image with the color measurement of the tooth — processing in the evening, and incorporating a texture design created in advance. Print with the design.
- the object to be measured is obtained from the shape of the adjacent teeth, abutment teeth, and counter teeth, such as the margin line, maximum ridge, and occlusal surface.
- Examples of methods for obtaining contour data from this method methods for forming convex models on concave models obtained from adjacent teeth and abutment teeth, and measuring contour surfaces of the convex models to obtain contour information, etc. Is done.
- Oil-based ink used in the present invention oil-based ink used in the present invention
- oil-based ink is suitably used as a hybrid resin, other resin for dental prosthesis, and printing on the ceramic surface, which is difficult to peel off and provides aesthetics.
- the ink is mainly composed of a high-viscosity polymerizable material, and the ink itself has no volume shrinkage that volatilizes, resulting in unevenness and print streaking. This is not aesthetically pleasing because of problems such as generation and loss of gloss.
- solvents with low viscosity of volatile components such as ethanol occupy most of the components, and because the viscosity is low, the dot spreads and the solvent volatilizes, so ink with high colorant concentration Can be printed on the base material with as little as possible and reduced unevenness, resulting in aesthetic drawing.
- Fillers can be mixed into the ink, and the solvent concentration evaporates after printing even at low filler concentrations during ink preparation, increasing the filler concentration and improving wear resistance.
- oil-based inks include, for example, colorants: oil-based dyes (Sudan ⁇ , Kinizarin Green SS, Orange SS, Sudumble I B, Oren Giraud X ⁇ , Kino Rin Yellow SS, C 1.5 BK_3, CI.
- oil-based dyes Sudumble I B, Oren Giraud X ⁇ , Kino Rin Yellow SS, C 1.5 BK_3, CI.
- Oil-based pigment condensed azo type, Pigment Yellow 74, 93, 128, magenta quinacridone type Pigment red 122, 19, Pigment blue 15 : 3, 15: 4, Pigment black 7, in the range of 1 to 10%, preferably because it is an ink used in the mouth, iron oxide (red, yellow), titanium oxide (white ) Hydrophobized iron oxide or titanium oxide, Solvents include volatile monomers such as MMA, ME K or alcohols, or alcohol / acetone 80 to 95% natural resin (rosin, shellac) , Synthetic resin (acrylic resin, vinyl resin), oil as other resin components sexual habit , Dry oil alkyd resin, moisture curable urethane, melamine resin, acrylic melamine resin, polyester melamine resin, latex 1-5%, other conductivity modifier 0-2%, dispersing agent 0-10% Examples include the initiator camphorquinone, DMAEMA, fluorescent agent LUMILUX, and dispers
- the average particle size of the pigment dispersed in the solvent is 0.1 to 0.4 m. It is preferable from the relationship with the dispersion stability. Therefore, if necessary, a method of pulverizing by a pulverization or synthesis method, for example, preparing by a bead mill as a dispersion process, or a method of preparing by an ultrasonic wave is shown.
- a dye as a coloring material
- an ink is prepared by dissolving the dye in a solvent with a stirrer such as a rotation revolving stirrer or a planetary mixer.
- the ink composition of the present invention forms a film by increasing the concentration of the fixing resin and the reaction base material by volatilizing the solvent.
- a ceramic filler in which the fixing resin containing the pigment and the reaction base material are covalently bonded to the printing surface.
- a resin it is polymerized and bonded with a fixing resin or reaction substrate having double bonds remaining on the printing surface and double bonds.
- an amino group or a hydroxyl group may be introduced into the printing surface in advance and reacted with a fixing resin or reaction substrate having an isocyanate group or an epoxide group after printing.
- a similar bonding form can be formed by using a surface treatment, and it may be baked and bonded to the periphery of the pigment.
- a coating agent for protection it is preferable to coat the printed surface with a coating agent for protection.
- These means improve solvent resistance, water resistance, wear resistance, etc., and can prevent the ink coloring material from flowing out. It can withstand mechanical loads such as brushing and harsh oral environments such as acidity and high humidity.
- the “component having a reactive functional group that causes polymerization to occur in the fixing resin component” includes a urethane resin having two or more isocyanate groups and a hard segment, such as TE-2200 (quotient). Standard) (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) and when there is a monomer having two or more methacrylate groups in which the thermoplastic segment of methyl methacrylate is present as a block or graph polymer. Illustrated.
- the present invention forms a further transparent surface layer after printing.
- the surface layer is finally cured by ultraviolet rays, visible light, heat, or the like to prevent peeling of the printed surface and to improve the aesthetics of oil-based ink printing.
- the surface layer is further printed with an ink containing the above-described components, or dipped in a solution containing the above-described components, dried, spray-coated, applied, and coated.
- the surface layer affects aesthetics and gives gloss to rough surfaces such as cutting marks, and also provides color buffering such as depth and blurring of the printing boundary layer, and light reflection.
- the surface layer is preferably used in the present invention.
- the surface layer preferably contains a filler such as glass ceramics in order to improve wear resistance against occlusion and brushing.
- a filler such as glass ceramics
- the refractive index of the filler and the polymer are matched, but it is difficult to achieve complete transparency. Therefore, the shade may change depending on the thickness of the surface layer, and it is necessary to control the thickness of the surface layer with uniformity and reproducibility.
- the As a coating method inkjet printing is preferable to immersion. At this time, the ink composition is also important for enabling uniform application, and the shape and size of the filler and the surface layer are preferably chemically bonded to the printing surface and the prosthesis to be printed.
- a dispersing agent may be used to stabilize the dispersion of the filler.
- Table A below shows an example of the composition of the surface layer.
- the surface of the processed prosthesis by the plane moving type inkjet printing means for printing a three-dimensional object is printed based on the plane data. Since it is easy to make adjustments and 2D data can be used, a simple esthetic prosthesis can be manufactured.
- 2D printing for 3D object printing is a color that allows various color adjustments without a sense of incompatibility.
- By forming a surface layer it may be possible to achieve a color appearance and depth close to a natural tooth with a three-dimensional appearance along the shape of the three-dimensional object.
- Oil-based inks can be applied thinner than water-based inks, and are also suitable for color verification by repeated coating, etc. without considering permeability, and for color comparison on a PC monitor.
- water-based ink When water-based ink is used, it is the principle of printing by penetrating it into a binder layer or the like, but since the resin or ceramic to be printed is a non-permeable material, a binder layer must be formed. Therefore, the water-based ink has one step more than the oil-based ink, and the shape of the prosthesis varies depending on the patient. Therefore, the water-based ink is processed at a small edge that forms a binder layer after the prosthesis is molded, resulting in poor productivity.
- the present invention is a method for producing a two-dimensional coloring device using general-purpose software and printing the data for two-dimensional coloring, such as DI RECT-JET (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Co., Ltd.).
- DI RECT-JET trademark
- AIC Co., Ltd. the data for two-dimensional coloring
- Printing should be made of two or more layers in front of the front teeth It is preferable that the back side may be one or more layers.
- a surface layer is formed by coating with a transparent resin, and this is polymerized and cured by light and heat to protect the printed surface and prevent peeling.
- a prosthesis with strength is obtained.
- Color information is input using general-purpose software.
- General-purpose software can input color information at least. Any software that can output a virtual color scheme based on this color information may be used, and in some cases, a dedicated software may be used.
- Color information includes primary color values represented by RGB and CMYK values, color data corresponding to these values, shade numbers and color data corresponding to shade numbers, and other combinations of codes assigned to each color data.
- the color data corresponding to the comparison value obtained from the comparison data on the PC monitor screen is shown.
- the color information may be determined by monitoring adjacent teeth adjacent to the prosthetic site, and it is preferable to color the surface of the prosthesis based on the measurement data.
- the monitor's method uses a color measuring device such as a digital camera, video, and colorimeter to determine the color data of adjacent teeth.
- This color data is loaded on a personal computer and compared with a pre-recorded database.
- the ratio of ink used to paint the color data that has been approximated, matched, or predicted matched is adjusted.
- the printing ink overnight is formed.
- the contour data is displayed on the monitor and colored.
- the display on the monitor is displayed as 3D data, but in the present invention, it is sufficient to display the data on a flat screen.
- Color is arranged on the contour data displayed as plane data based on the color information determined by visual inspection. After the color scheme is completed for the contour data, the contour data for the back and left and right side surfaces of the prosthesis is displayed on the monitor and colored as necessary.
- each color information or final value is a value that passes through the surface layer. That is, the surface layer is preferably transparent, but translucent may be selected, and even if it is transparent, the appearance differs depending on the amount of catadioptric refraction with respect to the illumination light depending on the thickness.
- the comparison with the measured color tone is determined in consideration of the surface layer value.
- the front surface of the prosthesis is mainly colored, and the other surfaces may be painted with the existing tooth color, and the block already has such a color scheme. If so, it may not color.
- the unpainted prosthesis is processed by cutting or grinding a block made of ceramics, hybrid resin, etc., made of a transparent or translucent material.
- the vertical prosthesis shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block.
- the saddle mold 1 1 prepared in this example has a connecting part 1 0 1 of the rib 10 (inserted into the saddle 1 1 as indicated by an arrow in the figure). It has a lower rib through-hole 1 1, a central block forming portion lib, and an upper opening 1 1 a, through which insertion is made.
- the block forming portion l i b defines the outer shape of the block. Therefore, the inner surface shape of the saddle type 11 corresponds to the outer surface shape of the block.
- the opening 11 a is an opening used to inject the composite resin material and irradiate the composite resin material with visible light or the like for photopolymerization.
- the opening 1 1 a is formed larger than the diameter of the block forming portion 1 lb, and a plurality of saddles 1 1 are stacked to allow simultaneous use of a plurality of saddles 1 1. Is getting better too.
- the saddle 11 can be formed from any material.
- the vertical type 1 1 is a resin such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, Teflon (registered trademark), or aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, stainless steel, feldspar, zirconia, etc.
- a resin such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, Teflon (registered trademark), or aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, stainless steel, feldspar, zirconia, etc.
- Made of ceramics, metal materials, rubber such as silicone, urethane, etc. can do. When rubber such as silicone is used as the mold 11, the mold itself can be deformed, so that the hardened block can be easily taken out. In addition, retention of airtightness with the rib part can be obtained by the shape of the rib.
- the rib 10 for supporting the block can be made of any material.
- the material of the rib 10 is brass, alumina, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, Teflon (registered trademark) resin, or aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, stainless steel, Examples thereof include ceramics such as feldspar and zirconia, metals, and the like. Since the rib 10 can support the block therewith, for example, a mounting tool for placing the block on the machine tool can be formed.
- FIG. 8A is a front view of the rib 10
- FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state where the rib 10 is attached to the saddle shape 11.
- the connecting portion 10 1 for connecting the rib 10 to a processing machine is formed of a metal material such as cylindrical brass or aluminum.
- An embedding portion 10 2 to be embedded in the block is provided on the upper portion of the rib 10, and is formed in a columnar shape having a larger diameter than the connection portion 10 1.
- the upper part of the rib 10 is provided with a concave part 10 3 continuous around the embedding part 10 2, the composite resin material enters, and after the composite resin material is cured, the rib 10 and the block are An anchor effect that does not leave is obtained.
- the width of the recess 10 3 is usually 1 mm or less. If necessary, a plurality of recesses 10 3 may be formed in the rib 10.
- Fig. 8 (b) shows a state in which the rib 10 is accommodated in the vertical saddle 11. Show. Since the buried part 10 2 has a larger diameter than the connecting part 1 0 1, the rib 1 0 does not fall from the bowl 1 1, and it is sufficient to simply pass it through the rib through-hole 1 1 c, Even when taking out the block after curing, it is easy to handle because the block can be detached from the mold 11 by simply pressing the connecting part 10 1 of the rib 10.
- the rib 10 is inserted into the rib through hole 11 c.
- the connection portion 10 01 of the rib 10 shown in FIG. 6 (a) stays in the rib through hole 11 c.
- the composite resin material to be used has already been sufficiently mixed in a state where the inorganic filler and the resin are mixed.
- Such mixing is preferably performed, for example, by kneading in advance in a vacuum environment by a mixing method using a rotating stirrer that rotates and revolves.
- the rotary stirring device is preferably the same as the rotary stirring device used in the subsequent rotary stirring treatment step.
- the rotary agitation treatment can be advantageously carried out by the rotary agitation apparatus shown in FIG. 2 by rotating agitation and rotation for about 1 minute to 2 hours.
- Fig. 2 shows an example of rotational agitation by combined rotation.
- the vertical mold 1 1 filled with the mixed resin agent 17 c shown in FIG. 1 (c) is rotated with a predetermined inclination, for example, counterclockwise around the central axis O 2, and Rotation around the central axis ⁇ 1 around the center R 1 and its combined rotation Stir with force.
- a mixer that performs rotation and revolution described in Japanese Utility Model Laid-Open No. 3-3 6 6 1 3 described above can be suitably used.
- the rotation speed of rotation and revolution can be arbitrarily changed.
- the rotation speed of rotation is exemplified as 6 00 to 2 0 00 r pm
- the rotation speed of revolution is exemplified as 3 0 0 to 1 0 0 0 r pm.
- the visible light etc. is irradiated from the opening 1 1 a of the vertical mold 1 1 for about 10 seconds to 24 hours to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17 c. I do.
- the composite resin material 1 7 b is formed into a vertical mold 1 1 at a height of 2 to 3 cm as shown in Fig. 1 (d). Then, the mixture is kneaded by rotation and revolution for 1 minute to 2 hours using the rotary stirring device shown in FIG. Thereafter, visible light or the like is irradiated from the opening 11a for 10 seconds to 24 hours to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17b.
- the composite resin material 17a is supplied, and is kneaded for 60 seconds to 3 hours by a rotary stirrer. Irradiate from 10 seconds to 24 hours from a to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17 a.
- the block-shaped composite resin material (1 7 a, 1 7 b) filled in the block forming portion 1 1 b of the vertical mold 1 1 is filled.
- 1 7 c) can be obtained.
- FIG. 3 (a) is a front view of the composite resin block 13
- FIG. 3 (b) is a perspective view of the composite resin block 13.
- ribs 10 are fixed to the composite resin block 13.
- the composite resin block 13 produced in this example is obtained by dividing the same composite resin material into a plurality of pieces, filling each of them into a mold 11, and kneading and curing.
- materials materials having different compositions from each other and materials having different colors (color, color tone, etc.) may be selected, filled into the mold 11 and laminated.
- the number of times of lamination is shown in FIG. 1 as an example of 3 times, it is naturally not limited to 3 times, but may be 2 times, 3 times or more, for example, 6 times, It may be 9 times.
- the obtained color gradient may be preferable.
- Figure 1 (f) shows a variation of the above example.
- this example shows a case where the composite resin material 17 is filled into the mold 1 1 at a time, kneaded and cured.
- Such a method is a suitable method when using a saddle type that has sufficient irradiation ability such as visible light and has transmission ability such as visible light.
- the vertical shape shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and described above is a vertical vertical shape, and has the advantage that more block forming portions can be manufactured in a narrow space. This is shown in the perspective view of FIG. As shown in the figure, the saddle type is vertically long, but a lot of blocks can be formed simultaneously in a narrow space.
- each block forming part 6 1 b A rib through hole 61c is formed in the lower part.
- a lid placing part 61a is provided on the upper part of the bowl 60.
- the lid placing portion 61a is not shown, but has a recess that can be further overlapped with saddles of the same shape and size.
- the horizontal prosthesis shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 is used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block.
- the composite resin material is filled into a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, the series of steps repeated, the last polymerization
- the process of manufacturing a molded block composed of a composite resin block and ribs cured by curing and other related processes can be performed according to the method described in Example 1 unless otherwise specified. I want.
- the saddle mold 1 1 prepared in this example has a saddle lower part 3 1 and a saddle upper part 3 3 as shown in FIG. 4 (a).
- An opening 3 4 is formed in the bowl-shaped upper portion 3 3.
- the opening 34 is open even during the rotary stirring process.
- the shape of the inner surface formed by overlapping the saddle lower 3 1 and the saddle upper is a space having a block outer shape, that is, the block forming portion 3 2 a.
- the saddle mold 11 is formed of the same material as the saddle mold described in the first embodiment, but preferably a visible light transmission material is used.
- a rib 3 5 having a notch 3 5 a is placed on the vertical mold 1 1.
- the notch 3 5 a like the recess 10 0 3 of the rib 10 shown in Fig. 8 (a), has an anchor effect so that the composite resin material enters and the rib and the block are not separated. Can do.
- Rib 3 5 is also the same as vertical 1 1 Further, it is formed of the same material as the rib described in the first embodiment described above.
- the vertical mold 1 1 is composed of the opening 3 4 with the rib 3 5 mounted on the rib mounting section 3 2 b of the vertical lower section 3 1 and the vertical upper section 3 3 mounted thereon. Used by supplying resin material.
- the composite resin material 40 a is filled into the vertical mold 1 1 from the opening 34 so as to have a thickness of 2 to 3 cm.
- the composite resin material 40 a is kneaded and stirred and degassed in the same manner.
- the rotary stirring device rotates R 2 counterclockwise around the axis 02 and performs clockwise revolution R 1 around the axis 0 1.
- the first cured layer 40 0 of the composite resin material is obtained by irradiating the composite resin material 40 a with visible light or the like by the same method as described above and performing polymerization curing. Form a.
- the composite resin material 40 b is further filled in the mold 11 with a thickness of 2 to 3 cm from above the cured layer 40 a, and the cured layer 4 a is first filled.
- the same rotary agitation process and subsequent polymerization hardening process as those carried out for the formation of the above are repeated.
- rotating agitation is performed by rotation and revolution as shown in Fig. 5, and irradiation with visible light or the like is performed.
- the second cured layer 40 b of the composite resin material is formed.
- the composite resin material 40 c is further filled into the vertical mold 11 with a thickness of 2 to 3 cm from above the hardened layer 40 b, and the same rotary agitation treatment as described above, followed by irradiation with visible light, etc. I do.
- a third cured layer 40 c of the composite resin material is formed.
- the above-mentioned method carried out to form the first to third hardened layers is repeated, and as shown in FIG. Furthermore, the fourth to sixth hardened layers 40 c on the first to third hardened layers 40 a to 40 c already formed in the part 3 2 a! Laminate up to 40 f
- the composite resin material is 1 4 0
- Polymerization is carried out by heating at a temperature of about 1 to 50 at a temperature before and after 1 20 to 3 60 minutes. As a result of heat polymerization, the entire composite resin material is completely cured.
- the molded block made of the composite resin block 4 3 and the rib 35 made of a laminate of the cured layers shown in FIG. 6 is taken out by pushing the rib toward the vertical opening.
- the block color is made different so that a molded block with gradation parallel to the rib major axis is formed.
- a block for dental prosthesis processing is manufactured by using a vertical saddle shape together with a partition member (partition).
- a partition member partition
- the composite resin material is filled in a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, the process of repeating the series of processes, the last Unless otherwise specified, the process for producing a molded block composed of a composite resin block and a rib cured by polymerization curing and other related processes can be carried out according to the method described in Example 1 above. I want you to understand.
- the saddle type 1 1 prepared in this example is the top view of the saddle type 1 1 in Fig. 5 (a) and the line segment in Fig. 5 (a). As shown in Fig. 5 (b), which is a cross-sectional view along X-X ', it is a saddle 11 similar to that described above with reference to Fig. 1, except that the opening 1 1a Insert partition 1 2 via, and attach to vertical 1 1.
- the partition 1 2 can be made of the same material as the mold 1 1.
- the partition 1 2 can be formed in any shape, but from the viewpoint of forming a gradient block, a U-shape or similar shape is recommended.
- the partition 12 By interposing the partition 12 in the block forming portion 1 1 b, it becomes possible to insert an irradiation member such as visible light, a reflection member, or the like into the formed gap.
- an irradiation member such as visible light, a reflection member, or the like
- the partition 12 is arranged at the upper end of the rib 10 attached to the saddle 11, but other arrangements may be adopted as necessary.
- FIG. 9 (b) three spaces (gap) are formed in the block forming portion 1 1 b of the saddle-shaped 11 1 by arranging the partitions 1 2.
- the composite resin materials 18a and 18b are filled in the gaps on both sides of the partition 1 2 and rotated according to the method described above in the first embodiment.
- Stir processing and irradiate with visible light Irradiation with visible light or the like is preferably carried out by forming at least the side surface of the mold 11 from a member that can transmit visible light or the like.
- the cured composite resin layers 1 8 a and 1 8 b are formed by polymerization by irradiation with visible light or the like.
- the composite resin material 1 8 a or 1 8 b is filled in the gap on one side of the part 1 2, either by rotating stirring treatment and irradiation with visible light or the like.
- the composite resin material may be cured, then the remaining composite resin material may be filled in the other gap, and the remaining composite resin material may be cured by the same rotational stirring treatment and irradiation with visible light or the like.
- a composite resin block made of a laminate of cured resin layers 18 a, 18 b, and 18 c and a molded block made of ribs are taken out from the mold 11.
- the molding block having a gradient parallel to the rib major axis is formed by varying the color scheme of the block.
- the composite resin material filled in the gaps on both sides of the partition was cured with the center of the vertical block forming part as a gap, but depending on the shape of the partition used Vice versa. That is, after placing a partition that supplies and cures the composite resin material in the center of the bowl and first forms an intermediate layer (cured resin layer), the composite resin material is formed in the gaps on both sides of the partition. And may be further subjected to a rotation stirring process, a process of irradiation with visible light, or the like.
- the vertical shape is shown to be formed of a material that transmits visible light or the like.
- a similar molding block is used. Can be manufactured.
- the partition 12 is formed of a member that transmits visible light or the like, and the gap formed inside the partition 12 is inserted into the gap.
- a means that can irradiate visible light etc. is arranged.
- the composite resin materials 1 8 a and 1 8 b are filled, and these composite resin materials are treated in the same manner as described above. Polymerize and cure. After polymerization hardening of the composite resin material, the partition 12 is pulled apart, and the composite resin material 18 c is supplied to the gap formed there. After the rotary stirring treatment, visible light or the like is irradiated from above the composite resin material 18 c.
- a gradation block can be manufactured without forming a saddle shape from a special material.
- a vertical prosthesis block when used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block, a plurality of cured resin layers that are members of the block are not formed from composite resin materials, but at least.
- An example of manufacturing a molded block using a part of the cured resin layer (herein called “block piece”) that has already been formed will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 14. To do. That is, in this example, when forming a molding block according to a certain manufacturing process, at least a part of the cured resin layer constituting the block, the present invention may be followed at another place (manufacturing site) or other than the present invention.
- a molded block is manufactured using a block piece made of a composite resin material according to the method.
- the composite resin material is filled into a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, or a series of processes repeated, or the final polymerization. Understand that the process of manufacturing a molded block consisting of a composite resin block and ribs cured by curing and other related processes can be performed according to the method described in Example 1 unless otherwise specified. I want to be done.
- the molding block 8 7 is manufactured by the manufacturing method shown in order in FIGS. 13 (a) to 13 (f).
- the cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) and the cured resin layer 8 4 (block B) are connected to the support container 8 3 and Used for both.
- the cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) is shown in Fig. 11.
- each of the cured resin layers 8 4 (Plock B) is manufactured as shown in FIG.
- a support container 83 shown in FIG. 10 (a) is prepared.
- the support container 83 is a transparent or translucent container made of silicone resin, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), etc., and its inner surface shape corresponds to the outer surface shape of the target block, and the block forming part 8 3 b constitutes.
- the outer shape of the support container 8 3 is such that the support container 8 3 can be inscribed in the vertical mold 1 1, and an opening 8 3 a for inserting the block pieces A and B is provided in the upper part.
- a rib insertion hole 83c is provided on the bottom surface.
- the cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) is formed in advance, and is formed in an L shape as shown in Fig. 10 (b), and ribs 8 1 are formed in the portion extending in the lateral direction. Are joined.
- the cured resin layer 8 4 (block piece B) is formed in advance in the same manner as the block piece A, and has a rectangular shape as shown in FIG. 10 (c).
- the cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) and the cured resin layer 8 4 (block B) are each manufactured from a composite resin material, for example, in the following manner, for example, according to the method described in Example 1.
- the block piece A (8 2) is manufactured using a vertical saddle 21 having a block forming portion 2 lb.
- the mold A (91) and the rib 81 are inserted into the vertical bowl 21 and attached.
- the composite resin material 8 2 is injected into the gap between the block forming portions 2 lb and filled.
- the mixture is stirred with a rotating stirrer by the method described in Example 1 and irradiated with blue visible light to be cured.
- the block piece A (8 2) joined to the rib 8 1 is taken out from the mold 2 1.
- the block piece B (8 4) is manufactured using a vertical saddle shape 2 1 having a block forming portion 2 1 b.
- the mold B (93) is inserted into the vertical bowl 21 and attached.
- a composite resin material 84 is injected into the gap between the block forming portions 2 1 b and filled.
- the mixture is stirred with a rotary stirrer according to the method described in Example 1, and irradiated with blue visible light to be cured.
- it is preferable to set the curing time to the usual 20 to 100%, similarly to the block piece A (82).
- a rectangular block piece B (8 4) having a desired shape is taken out from the mold 2 1.
- a molding block 8 7 is manufactured by the method shown in order in Fig. 13. To do. Since this example is an example, various changes and improvements can be made.
- the rib 8 1 and the block forming part (space) 8 3 b of the support container 8 3 are connected to the rib 8 1 through the opening 8 3 a of the support container 8 3.
- the rib 8 1 is inserted into the rib insertion hole 8 3 c of the support container 8 3 and is stably fixed.
- the block piece B (8 4) is mounted on the support container 83 having already been mounted with the block piece A (8 2).
- the block piece A (8 2) and the block piece B (8 4) are arranged in a state in which the block piece A (8 2) and the block piece B (8 4) are fitted to the inside of the support container 83, leaving a space in part.
- the support container 83 is inserted into the vertical mold 11 as it is.
- the composite resin material 8 6 is supplied to the space left in the center of the support container 8 3, and the rotary stirrer is used by the method described in Example 1. Rotate with.
- the composite resin material 8 6 has a small diameter at the filling point, and if sufficient defoaming and filling cannot be obtained with a high-viscosity composite resin material, 5 mPa ⁇ s from liquid to soft paste It preferably has a viscosity of ⁇ 100 Pa ⁇ s.
- the composite resin material 86 is cured by irradiating it with blue visible light. At that time, it is preferable to irradiate light for 10 minutes to 1 hour in order to perform sufficient polymerization.
- the support container 83 is transparent or translucent, the curing light beam is irradiated to the entire composite resin material, so that sufficient polymerization can be performed in a short time.
- the cured composite resin material 86 is called Plock C in this example.
- FIG. 13 (e) shows the state in which the support container 8 3 is taken out from the vertical mold 11 1 with the composite resin material laminate (integrated block A, B and C) put in it.
- the support container 83 is removed, and the laminated body of the composite resin material is heated at a temperature of 140 to 160 for 2 to 3 hours to perform thermal polymerization.
- a molding block 8 7 shown in FIG. 13 (f) is obtained.
- the molding block 87 is made of an integrated body of a block A (82), a block B (84), and a block C (86), and ribs 81 g are embedded therein.
- the manufacturing method of the molding block 87 shown in Fig. 10 to Fig. 13 is suitable for the manufacture of a gradient block in which the color of the block has a gradient.
- the obtained block has sufficient strength.
- the following blending example is a blending example of each block piece when making a gradient block.
- Silica (0.1-5 m diameter) 76w / w%, Silica (10 ⁇ : LOO nm diameter) 2w / w%, TEGDMA llw / w%, UDMA llw / w%, Camphorquinone 0.02w / w%, N , N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 0.02w / w3 ⁇ 4, benzoyl peroxide: 0.02w / w3 ⁇ 4
- a three-layer gradient block is manufactured, but can be changed arbitrarily.
- the shape of the mold to be used is changed, more block pieces are produced, more layers are formed, and a prosthesis forming block having a more natural color is manufactured. It's okay.
- the vertical saddle can produce many blocks at a time when the block is manufactured, compared to the horizontal saddle. Therefore, in the production of the gradient block in the above-described form, the above-described embodiment is particularly preferable.
- FIG. 14 is a perspective view (a) and a top view (b) written from the photograph of the obtained molding block 87.
- Molding professional Block 8 (7), block B (84), and block C (86), each of which formed a good tooth color and the boundary was blurred Provided a grade and proved to be able to provide a more natural aesthetic when processed into a prosthesis.
- the rib side is a part to be cut out, and even if a layer with a slightly different direction can be seen, the corresponding part of the block of the prosthesis that is actually processed is aesthetic. Excellent grade is obtained.
- Example 4 when manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block using a vertical saddle, the gradient is not a horizontal stack, but a curvilinear orientation.
- An example of obtaining a gradation block close to natural teeth will be described with reference to FIG.
- the molding block of this example can be manufactured basically according to the method described in Example 4 except for the difference that the shape of the block piece B is a curved surface. Therefore, detailed description of the parts using the same configuration as in Example 4, such as block pieces, ribs, and bowls, will be omitted.
- FIG. 15 (a) is a view of the block piece A (8 2) as viewed from above. As shown in the figure, a composite resin material is placed in the space between the blocks A and B of the support container 8 3. Has a supply port 8 3 d.
- FIG. 15 (c) is a view of the support container 8 3 of FIG. 15 (b) as viewed from above. As shown in the figure, a composite resin material is placed in the space between the blocks A and B of the support container 8 3. Has a supply port 8 3 d.
- FIG. 15 (c) is a view of the support container 8 3 of FIG. 15 (b) as viewed from above. As shown in the figure, a composite resin material is placed in the space between the blocks A and B of the support container 8 3. Has a supply port 8 3 d.
- the support container 8 3 is accommodated in the bowl 11. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 15 (e), the support container 83 is filled with the composite resin material 86 for forming the block C through the supply port 83d. In this state, it is rotated and stirred with a rotating stirrer, and then cured by photopolymerization by irradiation with blue visible light.
- FIG. 15 (f) shows an example of a part for actually obtaining the anterior prosthesis MG using the molding block 8 7.
- the curvilinear layered block can be made such that its boundary is not known.
- a monochromatic block and a gradient block for processing a dental prosthesis are manufactured according to the method described in the first embodiment.
- a resin, an inorganic filler, and the like are blended so as to have the composition described in Table 1 below.
- the obtained composite resin material is filled into the vertical saddle shown in Fig. 1 (a), and is stirred for 30 minutes with a rotary stirrer in a vacuum state of 0.6 kPa while removing bubbles.
- the block to be manufactured is manufactured. Table 1
- TEGDMA 1 8% and diureta dimethacrylate 4% were prepared, and this resin material had an average particle size of 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m as an inorganic filler, 7 6%, average particle size 1 2% silica with an average particle size of 1 to 40 m and silica of about 0 to 100 nm, iron oxide and titanium oxide as colorants, benzoyl peroxide as a thermal sensitizer, and photosensitizer Nifaquinone and N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate as a stabilizer and hydroquinone monomethyl ether as a stabilizer are mixed in a separate container, and mixed with a rotary stirrer (Nitaro (trademark), manufactured by Sinky Corporation).
- a composite resin material having a predetermined composition can be obtained. Thereafter, the rib shown in FIG. 8 (a) made of brass or aluminum is inserted into the vertical saddle-shaped rib penetrating portion shown in FIG. 1 (a). With the rib attached to the bowl, the first composite resin material having the above composition is poured into the lower space of the bowl in a thickness of about 2 to 3 mm and filled.
- the second composite resin material having the same composition as that of the cured composite resin material is again filled to a thickness of about 2 to 3 cm.
- a rotating stirring process is performed and irradiation with visible light or the like is performed.
- the second composite resin material is polymerized and cured.
- the filling of the composite resin material as described above, the rotating stirring treatment and the polymerization curing are repeated, and the inside of the mold is filled with the cured composite resin material.
- the composite resin material is heated and polymerized at 140 to 1550 at the front and back temperatures for 120 to 360 minutes. As a result of heat polymerization, the entire composite resin material is completely cured.
- the molded block composed of the cured composite resin block 1 3 and the rib 10 shown in FIG. 3 is taken out by pushing the rib toward the vertical opening.
- the form of the molded block after curing shown in this example is a configuration in which the materials of the composite resin materials 17a to l7c shown in FIG. 1 (e) are the same.
- the gradation block can be manufactured by changing the color scheme of the composite resin materials 17a to 17c.
- the color scheme is the color scheme of the layer perpendicular to the major axis direction of the rib.
- the normal gradation block is the layer color scheme. It should be noted that the direction of is different by 90 ° and can be used according to the purpose.
- the irradiation ability of visible light or the like is about 2 to 3 cm in thickness of the resin. It should be noted that, depending on the capabilities of the output device, it may be possible to mold with a single filling of the composite resin material.
- the irradiation intensity of visible light or the like is usually 10 000 0 to 1 000 0 0 1 ux is appropriate for the resin thickness of 1 to 10 mm. If the irradiation intensity exceeds 1 000 0 0 0 1 ux, there are problems in terms of sink marks, warpage, internal vacancies, and stress concentration due to volume change after polymerization. It is not preferable in terms of extremely long time.
- the composite resin material is repeatedly filled and cured upward and laminated, and when it is cured by light irradiation from above and below in the second layer or more, the lower part is a colored block, etc. If the composition is light-shielded, light irradiation from below is masked, resulting in uneven curing. For this reason, when the irradiation intensity is too strong, internal vacancies are generated at the lamination interface, which is not suitable for lamination.
- the manufacturing method of this example it is manufactured as a vertical shape, and a processing block can be manufactured by very easy handling.
- a dental block (6 colors shown in Table 2 below) for dental prosthesis processing is manufactured according to the method described in Example 1.
- this example uses two types of composites.
- Resin material hereinafter also referred to as resin
- R 1 and R 2 are used.
- the composition of resins R 1 and R 2 (excluding colorants) is shown below.
- Siri force (0.1 to 5 m diameter) 76w / w silica (10 to 100 nm diameter) 2w / w%, TEGDMA llw / w3 ⁇ 4, UDMA llw / w3 ⁇ 4, camphorquinone 0.02w / w%, N, N- Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 02w / w%, benzoyl peroxide: 0.02w / w%
- A1 pigment concentration is 50%
- A1 pigment concentration is 103 ⁇ 4, and
- A1 pigment concentration is 0%.
- the pigment composition corresponding to A1 is
- each composite resin material was set in a rotary stirrer and kneaded for 30 minutes to 1 hour while repeating rotation and revolution. Prepare mixed resin materials of different colors.
- the vertical type used in this example is the vertical type shown in FIG.
- a dark composite resin material is filled to a thickness of 0.3 to 1 cm, and the composite resin material is placed in the saddle shape and attached to the rotary stirring device shown in FIG. Stir processing is performed.
- the visible light in the blue region is irradiated with visible light in the blue region from the bowl-shaped opening for approximately 100 seconds, and this is polymerized and cured. Therefore, a cured resin layer is obtained.
- the composite resin material of the color shown in Table 2 below is filled from the top of the cured resin layer with a thickness of 0.3 to 0.8 cm, and the same time as above by a rotary stirrer.
- a rotary stirring process is performed.
- visible light or the like is irradiated from an opening of the bowl shape for 60 to 400 seconds by an irradiation device such as visible light, and this is polymerized and cured. Therefore, a cured resin layer is obtained.
- the resin layer cured as described above is filled with a composite resin material having the same color as shown in Table 2 below, and cured by the same rotational stirring treatment and polymerization curing treatment as described above. Get a layer.
- the vertical mold with the laminated cured resin layer still remains in the vertical shape for 1400 to 1600 for 3 00 0 to 1 0 00 0 00 seconds. Heat. After the polymerization and curing are completed, the laminated cured resin layer is taken out of the vertical mold to obtain a ribbed gradation block.
- Boundary layer is not noticeable at all; ⁇ : Boundary layer is clearly understood by looking closely; ⁇ : Boundary layer is known; X: Boundary layer is clearly seen [Strength test]
- the 6-layer laminated block and the 1-layer block have the same strength, and an aesthetic block with a natural gradient with unrecognizable boundaries.
- the block obtained in this example has no problem when it breaks or falls off at the layer boundary in the grinding and cutting processes used in CADCAM. Like the free machinability of conventional resin blocks, It had free-cutting properties.
- each reagent is weighed into a plastic container and mixed with a rotary stirrer (Nartaro (trademark) ARV-310, manufactured by Shinky Corporation).
- a rotary stirrer (Nartaro (trademark) ARV-310, manufactured by Shinky Corporation).
- the obtained paste was filled into the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1, and rotated and stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (ARV-310 manufactured by Nintaro (trademark) Shinky) 2.
- Opaque vacuum To remove bubbles.
- the composite resin material is cured by photopolymerization by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 47 nm from the side surface of the saddle shape for 10 minutes.
- the composite resin material is cured by thermal polymerization. Remove the block formed by polymerization hardening from the mold and use it as a CADCAM cutting block. This block is a translucent block that can be fully machined by CADCAM.
- a rotary stirrer ARV-310 manufactured by Neritaro (trademark) Shinky
- the obtained paste is filled in the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1, and is stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (ARV-310 made by Shintaro (trademark) Shinky) 2. Remove air bubbles.
- Another method for filling the mold is to push the vertical mold shown in Fig. 1 into the mixed paste by physical and rotary stirring to fill the paste into the mold. Put them in a thermostat and gradually raise the temperature up to 150 in the air and in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure. Remove the block from the saddle and use it as a CADCAM cutting block. As a result, the surface and shape of the product in a nitrogen atmosphere were more beautiful than those in the air. As a result of conducting a three-point bending strength test in accordance with JI ST 6517, the three-point bending strength was 122 MPa.
- the colorimetric means 1 1 means that can measure color mainly such as a digital camera, a digital video, and a colorimeter as shown in the figure are shown.
- the user terminal 1 1 2 is intended to receive the supply of prosthesis using the system, and is exemplified by a medical practitioner, a dental laboratory, etc., which are located at some distance.
- the data measured by the colorimetric means 1 1 1 is decomposed by the user terminal 1 1 2 into L *, a *, b * values, or C, M, Y, and ⁇ color information values. Compare with the adjacent tooth or reference color data measured at the same time, adjust numerically, and adjust to an approximate color.
- a surface layer is finally formed, but the coating by the surface property greatly affects aesthetics. Therefore, the surface layer is virtually overlapped by software, so that the final surface layer is formed. It is preferable to adjust the color tone information while verifying the visual appearance.
- the elements are preferably parameters with large transparency and thickness, and are further adjusted with parameters such as the position of the prosthesis and the color of the adjacent teeth. .
- Examples of the bi-directional or uni-directional network 1 1 3 include an intranet, an intranet, and a wireless LAN.
- the processing side terminal 114 is a side that inputs shape information and color information of the prosthesis, and controls and operates the prosthesis manufacturing and coloring process.
- the configuration from the colorimetric means 1 1 1 to the network 1 1 3 is made more realistic by taking electronic and mechanical eye colorimetry and incorporating it into the processing terminal 1 1 4 It is intended to achieve convenient printing of prosthetics, but at least the configuration of the processing side terminal 1 14 or later allows dentists, dental technicians, etc. Since it is only necessary to determine the print color by inputting color information directly into the processing-side terminal 1 1 4 using a colorimetry tool prepared separately, it may not always be an essential configuration.
- the three-dimensional object printing means 1 15 is exemplified by a material printer, a two-dimensional ink jet printer for three-dimensional object printing, and the like.
- the illustrated nozzle 1 15 a is an ink jet nozzle, and, for example, moves on the xy plane. Do not reciprocate in the y-axis direction. Move in the x-axis direction, or move in the y-axis direction while reciprocating in the X-axis direction. Further, the pedestal may move in the y-axis direction or the X-axis direction by reciprocating only in the X-axis direction or the y-axis direction.
- the placement portion 1 1 1 5 c is a portion on which the coloring prosthesis is placed.
- the mounting portion 1 15 c is preferably rotatable because the printing means 1 15 may also coat the back and side surfaces.
- Machining means 1 1 6 is a device for obtaining a prosthesis H by moving an unprocessed block B by moving a rotary mill extending in the z-axis direction, cutting it, and rotating the rotary mounting part 1 1 6 b
- Fig. 16 shows a part of the media 1 1 7 for recording the data obtained by the colorimetric means 1 1 1 and moving the data to the processing terminal 1 1 4 Along with the impression concave model IS of the prosthetic site, it is sent by bringing, mailing, delivery route 1 1 7 a.
- the tooth color of the abutment tooth SH and the adjacent teeth RH1 and RH2 on the missing tooth portion is measured by the colorimetric means 1 1 1.
- the colorimetric means 1 1 1 is a measuring instrument that is closer to the naked eye, such as Crystal Eye (trademark) as a colorimeter; Shade scan (trademark) manufactured by Olympus; Special (trademark); used by Matsukaze.
- the colorimetric means 1 1 1 cannot measure the color of the prosthesis, it may be replaced by a visual measurement by a dentist or dental technician.
- Color measurement method 1 1 1 The color data obtained by 1 is USB cable 1 1 3 a When the prosthesis color is determined, etc., is input to the user terminal 1 1 2 via the network etc., this data is sent to the processing side terminal 1 1 4 via the network 1 1 3 Make it available by uploading to the homepage.
- the colorimetric data can be transferred to media such as SD cards, USB memories, CDs, DVDs, etc. 1 It can be memorized in 1 7 and mailed or delivered via route 1 1 7 a together with the impression impression model IS.
- the processing terminal 1 1 4 creates a prosthetic model and a virtual model using the wax-up and wax-upless method from the acquired impression concave model IS.
- the processing block B is processed based on this data.
- machining is performed with the CAM type machining means shown in Fig. 16 (partially shown) 1 1 6. Machining from the side of block B with mill 1 1 6 a. Block B is fixed by inserting rib R into block mounting part 1 1 6 b of processing means 1 1 6.
- FIG. 17 (a) The block after processing is shown in Fig. 17 (a).
- the prosthesis H and the rib R are separated, and the state shown in Fig. 17 (b) is obtained.
- Figure 17 (b) is a side view of the prosthesis.
- the prosthesis H is placed on the placing portion 1 15 c of the three-dimensional object printing unit 1 15 shown in FIG.
- Color data input to the processing terminal 1 1 4 can be processed graphically Open with a general purpose program.
- Figure 18 shows the program display on the screen of user terminal 1 14.
- FIG. 18 (a) the prosthesis contour 1 3 4 is moved to the machining area 1 3 3.
- Fig. 19 shows a diagram in which multiple colors are superimposed and the tooth color is tried.
- 2D printing means for solid objects 1 1 5 is a 3D shape printed on the basis of 2D data, so it is easy to operate the software, but an adjusted esthetic prosthesis can be obtained.
- a rotating mounting portion 1 15 c as shown in FIG. 17 (c) is used.
- the mounting portion 1 1 5 c is formed so that holding portions 1 1 5 c 1 and 1 1 5 c 2 sandwiching and fixing the prosthesis H on both sides can rotate around the shaft 1 1 5 c 3.
- Inkjet head 1 1 5 a As it moves back and forth, left and right, ink is ejected and colored.
- Fig. 17 (d) rotates Fig. 17 (c) 90 degrees. It is the figure shown.
- the colored surface with the gradient may be limited to the front surface, so that it is not necessary to use the rotating mounting part 1 15 c as shown in Fig. 17 (c) There is also.
- FIG. 17 (e) is a cross-sectional view of the prosthesis H after coloring
- H I is a white base
- H 2 is the actual tooth color
- H3 is the back side, printed with the actual tooth color.
- surface treatment is performed.
- the printed prosthesis is immersed in the solution of composition 1 in Table A described above, and a light curing treatment is performed to obtain the surface layer H4.
- the surface layer protects and improves the aesthetics of oil-based inks that cannot be removed with water-based inks while preventing the printed surface from peeling.
- composition 6 or 7 weigh the reagent in a plastic container and mix with a rotary stirrer (Nertaro (trademark) ARV-310; manufactured by Sinky Corporation). The obtained paste is poured into the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1 and stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (Nertaro ARV-310). . After that, the block is cured by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 470 ⁇ m for 10 minutes from the side of the bowl. Remove the block from the saddle and use it as a CAD / CAM cutting block.
- the shape data of the prosthesis H is formed from the concave model IS, and the transparent block B obtained by the above-described manufacturing method is processed based on this data. 6 (CADIM (registered trademark) 10 5; made by Advance Co., Ltd.) to obtain a transparent front tooth crown.
- CADIM registered trademark
- the user visually determines the optimum shade while comparing the shade SH with the colors of the adjacent teeth R H 1 and R H 2, and inputs the color data into the color data input box 1 3 2 shown in Fig. 18.
- test printing is performed by making a plurality of the same model or by using a dummy model and determining the color.
- DJ-3203Pro (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Co., Ltd.) is used. Place the anterior crown (uncolored) prepared in the above with clay on the stage, so that the side of the lips faces the front of the head. The installation position was grasped with a ruler, and the printing position was determined on the software. First, print on the prosthesis for layer 1 (white ground color). Dry at room temperature for about 10 minutes, then print on the same prosthesis for layer 2 (main coloring). Similarly, it is dried at room temperature for about 10 minutes, a paste of composition 1 is applied to the printing surface by dipping, and cured by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 470 ⁇ for 10 minutes. It is heated in a dryer at 100 for 3 hours to form a surface layer to produce an anterior tooth crown.
- the anterior tooth crown produced in this example has a color scheme that is visually balanced with the adjacent teeth.
- the block ⁇ may be, for example, a gradation block shown in FIG. 14 in addition to the transparent block. In this case, coloring may be performed so as to erase the line generated at the boundary of the color layer.
- Oil-based ink (PMMA 5wt3 ⁇ 4, TEGDMA / UDMA lwt3 ⁇ 4, silica lwt%: 20nm average particle diameter, silane silane treated with xyloprovir trimethyoxysilane, pigment 2.5wt% each: titanium oxide, yellow iron trioxide , Bengala, camphorquinone 0.1 lwt% or less, hydroquinone monomethyl ether 0.1 lwt% or less, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 0.1 lwt3 ⁇ 4 or less, ethyl acetate / butanol 90.5 wt%)
- An oil-based ink comprising the components is produced, and printing is performed using the ink according to the same method as in Example 8.
- a transparent front tooth crown can be colored to the same extent as the results obtained in Example 8.
- FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 explain the manufacturing method of this example step by step, and show the first half and the second half of the manufacturing method, respectively.
- reference numeral 2 0 1 is a fiber bundle, which is made of glass, plastic or the like. Further, 20 2 is a bundling band and may be a band for bundling and holding the fiber bundle 20 1, and an elastic rubber band is exemplified.
- Reference numeral 20 3 is a fiber bundle end fixing mold A, 2 0 5 is a fiber bundle end fixing mold B, and 2 0 4 is a fiber bundle end fixing hardener. It is.
- the end-fixing curing agent 204 is preferably composed of the same material as the block to be formed, because there is no unnecessary color difference in the finished block.
- Reference numeral 2 06 is a mold body having an internal volume that can accommodate the end fixing mold.
- 2 0 7 is a lid for the mold body 2 06 and is attached to the upper part of the mold body 2 0 6.
- 20 8 is a fixed band, and the state where the mold body 20 06 and the mold body lid 20 07 are attached is shown in FIG. It is made of a stretchable material that can be fixed by rolling the fixed band 2 8 or a string that can be tied.
- Reference number 20 9 is a fiber bundle that swells when the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is pushed inward from both ends when the mold body 2 0 6 and the mold body lid 2 0 7 are attached. 2 0 1 bulge.
- 2 10 is the composite resin material of the present invention as described above, typically a resin and ceramic composite material slurry. After curing, a block 10 1 based on the mold is formed.
- the rib 2 1 1 is a rib, which is a portion formed of a metal material for mounting the block 1 0 1 to the processing jig. In some cases, such a stationary rib is unnecessary.
- the rib 2 1 1 is fixed to the side surface of the hardened block 10 1 by adhesion or the like.
- 2 1 2 is a processing tool, such as a rotary drill or a mill, which is used to grind and cut the block 1 0 1 while rotating.
- 2 1 3 is an abutment tooth
- 2 3 1 is a schematic diagram showing the gingival part
- 2 1 4 is a post-processed crown-type prosthesis, and 2 4 1 is an abutment tooth mounting recess.
- 2 1 5 is a schematic diagram of a pair of teeth.
- the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is bound with a binding band 2 0 2, where the fibers are bundled and in some cases at intervals.
- the end fixing mold A (2 0 3) and the end fixing mold B (2 0 5), which are not shown, are inserted into the round holes. Fill with edge fixing curing agent 204.
- the end of the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is immersed in an end fixing curing agent 2 0 4 of the end fixing mold A (2 0 3).
- the other end of the bundle 2 0 1 Immerse in an end fixing curing agent 0 0 4 of the end fixing mold B (2 0 5).
- the end fixing curing agent 204 is cured by heat or light.
- the binding band 2 0 2 is removed by cutting or the like.
- both ends of the fiber bundle 2 0 1 shown in FIG. 2 0 (c) are attached to the end of the mold body 2 0 6 shown in FIG. 2 0 (d), which is the block mold, 2 0 4
- those fixed to the end fixing mold A (203) and the end fixing mold B (205) are inserted (see Fig. 20 (e)).
- the upper surface of the mold body 2 06 is covered with a lid 2 0 7 and fixed with a fixing band 2 0 8 such as a string.
- the fiber bundle 20 0 1 is adjusted using a spacer or the like so that a bulge portion 20 9 having a swelled center is formed. Note that the fiber bundle 20 1 may be set in a state of being spaced in parallel in advance.
- a composite resin material (resin composite material) 2 10 is injected from the injection hole 7 1 of the lid 20 7, and rotation recommended for use in the present invention is performed.
- a revolving stirrer knead while defoaming by rotation and rotation under vacuum, and then polymerize and cure with heat and light.
- a bulging portion 2 09 is formed in which the center of the fiber bundle 20 1 swells, a space can be created between the fibers, and a filling block 1 0 1 made of a resin free of bubbles can be formed. Can be easily obtained.
- spacers having various shapes may be arranged between the fibers so that a filling space is formed between the fibers in advance. After curing, remove the block from the mold and attach the cutting rib 2 1 1 to the side of the block 1 0 1 with an adhesive or the like as shown in Fig. 2 1 (h).
- Fig. 2 1 (i) As for actual use, as shown in Fig. 2 1 (i), it is installed in a CAD / CAM cutting machine and is ground and cut by the processing tool 2 1 2. In this way, the prosthesis (bridge) as shown in Fig. 21 (j) ) 2 1 4 is completed. Fig. 2 1 (j) is actually attached to the two abutment teeth 2 1 3 on the gum 2 3 1 with the abutment mounting recesses 2 4 1 of the bridge 2 1 4 facing FIG.
- FIG. 2 1 (k) shows a state in which the bridge 2 1 4 is attached to the two abutment teeth 2 1 3.
- the fibers are oriented in the transverse direction with respect to the occlusal direction with the opposing teeth 2 1 5, so the tensile stress is reduced.
- a block with high toughness can be produced.
- accidental ingestion due to the loss of the prosthesis can be prevented probabilistically.
- examples of the fiber material include plastic fibers such as glass fiber, polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyacryl.
- the diameter of these fibers is usually several ⁇ ! The range of ⁇ is preferable.
- the surface treatment of the fiber is a silane coupling treatment in which a monomer is introduced when the monomer fiber is glass fiber, and plasma treatment, corona discharge, By UV treatment, functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl and amino groups are generated on the surface, and once again a polymerizable monomer with reactive sites such as epoxy, isocyanate, and imidazole groups that bind to the functional group.
- Surface treatment can be an effective means because it forms a polymer with the resin afterwards.
- the present invention is a method in which the reinforcing material can be fixed at the time of molding and the internal bubbles can be suppressed and filled. Therefore, the reinforcing material can be a nonwoven fabric of fibers, a knitted fabric, It is also possible to use a sheet or a three-dimensional structure that is bridged by bonding.
- the fiber may be hollow or porous.
- a hybrid block of a resin and an inorganic filler used in the manufacture of a dental prosthesis using CADCAM is provided, which is superior in strength and aesthetics compared to a block made of ceramic or resin alone. Since it can be manufactured, a more rational prosthesis can be manufactured in the dental field.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Dental Prosthetics (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明 細 書 発明の名称 歯科補綴物加工用プロック及びその製造方法 技術分野 Description Title of invention Block for processing dental prosthesis and manufacturing method thereof Technical Field
本発明は、 CADCAM (コンピュータ支援設計/コンピュータ支援製 造法) で歯科補綴物を製造するのに好適な歯科補綴物加工用プロッ クとその製造方法に関する。 背景技術 The present invention relates to a dental prosthesis processing block suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis by CADCAM (Computer Aided Design / Computer Aided Manufacturing Method) and a manufacturing method thereof. Background art
CADCAMを用いた歯科補綴物の製造の分野では、 CADCAMの性能の向 上、 低価格化などから、 さらに口腔内から得られる補綴物模型を正 確にデータ化し、 補綴物加工用ブロックを正確に研削及び切削加工 する装置が手軽に得られることから、 正確で迅速な歯科補綴物の製 造が実現するに至っている。 In the field of dental prosthesis manufacturing using CADCAM, in order to improve CADCAM performance and reduce costs, the prosthesis model obtained from the oral cavity is accurately converted into data, and the prosthesis processing block is accurately created. Since the equipment for grinding and cutting can be easily obtained, accurate and quick production of dental prostheses has been realized.
このような歯科補綴物の製造において、 加工に供されるブロック として、 樹脂製ブロック、 セラミックス製ブロック、 又はその両者 の複合材であるハイプリ ッ ドレジン製ブロックが提案されている。 ここで、 ハイブリ ッ ドレジンは、 複合樹脂材とも呼ばれている。 セラミックス製ブロックは、 生体に無害な材料が使われ、 審美に も優れているものの、 機械加工等の衝撃による微小なクラックの発 生により、 使用時の割れが頻繁に生じ、 長期の使用のために更に被 覆処理等の付加的な処理を実施することが必要である。 一方、 ハイ ブリ ツ ドレジン製ブロックを含む樹脂製ブロックは、 セラミ ックス 製のブロックに比べ、 切削、 研削等の加工がされても、 強度が落ち ないのであるが、 その製造において、 発生する泡の処理が必要であ り、 また、 複数の樹脂の重ねあわせによりブロックを作製する場合 は、 一体化構造物を得るため、 加圧による充分な結合が必要となり 、 製造における課題は多い。 In manufacturing such a dental prosthesis, a resin block, a ceramic block, or a hybrid resin block that is a composite material of both has been proposed as a block used for processing. Here, the hybrid resin is also called a composite resin material. Ceramic blocks are made of materials that are harmless to the living body, and are excellent in aesthetics. However, due to the occurrence of microcracks caused by impacts such as machining, cracks occur frequently during use, and for long-term use. In addition, it is necessary to carry out additional processing such as covering processing. On the other hand, resin blocks including hybrid resin blocks do not lose their strength even if they are processed by cutting, grinding, etc., compared to ceramic blocks. When processing is necessary, and when creating a block by overlaying multiple resins In order to obtain an integrated structure, sufficient bonding by pressing is necessary, and there are many problems in manufacturing.
また、 天然歯に近い色調を得るために、 従来例として、 ポリメチ ルメ夕クリ レートからなるポリマ一粉体とメチルメタクリ レー 卜と を混合した餅状体を加圧し、 加熱加圧重合し、 更に他の例えばェナ メル質用の同材よりなる餅状体を重ね加圧成形後、 重合する手法が 知られている。 しかしながら、 この方法を実施する場合には、 結局 のところ、 加圧成形用の型の形状に充分な餅状体の充填が必要であ り、 餅状体では困難な脱気もまた別途行わなければならず、 煩雑な 製造方法となる。 また、 しっかり した加圧がされない場合は、 境界 面の接合が不十分となり、 咀嚼力に耐えられない場合もあり、 特に 長期の使用において、 得られる補綴物の劣化は必至である。 また、 加圧成形に代えて射出成形により補綴物を造形するものもあるが、 加工性は得られるものの、 上述したように機械的強度に問題があり 、 長期的にみてもその劣化が問題となる。 In addition, in order to obtain a color tone close to natural teeth, as a conventional example, a rod-shaped body obtained by mixing a polymer powder made of polymethyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate ク リ is pressurized, heated and pressurized for polymerization, Another method is known in which, for example, a rod-like body made of the same material for enamel is superposed and pressure-molded and then polymerized. However, when this method is carried out, after all, it is necessary to fill the rod-shaped body sufficient for the shape of the mold for pressure molding, and degassing that is difficult with the rod-shaped body must also be performed separately. It becomes a complicated manufacturing method. In addition, when the pressure is not firmly applied, the interface at the interface becomes insufficient and the masticatory force may not be able to be maintained. In particular, the prosthesis obtained is inevitably deteriorated during long-term use. In addition, some prosthetics are formed by injection molding instead of pressure molding, but although workability is obtained, there is a problem in mechanical strength as described above, and degradation is a problem even in the long term. Become.
特許文献を挙げてさらに具体的に説明すると、 特許文献 1 は、 CA D CAM装置を使用した歯科用補綴物の製造に好適な、 平均粒径 0 . 0 1〜 0 . 0 の無機充填剤を 2 0〜 7 0重量%含有したァクリ ル系レジン重合体からなる歯科用レジン材料を記載している。 また 、 特許文献 2は、 CAD CAM手順により歯科用補綴物を製造するのに好 適な、 実質的に亀裂がなく、 熱衝撃試験に合格するように製造され た、 ポリマー樹脂と充填剤とを含むミルブランクを記載している。 さらに、 特許文献 3は、 軟組織と接触した歯槽骨に位置するもので あって、 歯科インプラントのネック部で歯科インプラントの先端か ら界面まで延びる骨組織近接面と、 界面から歯科インプラントのシ ョルダ一まで延びる軟組織近接面とを有し、 ショルダ一が歯科ィン プラントの軸に対して傾斜している骨内歯科インプラン トを記載し ている。 先行技術文献 More specifically, referring to patent documents, Patent Document 1 describes an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 0.001 to 0.0 suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis using a CA D CAM device. A dental resin material comprising an acrylic resin polymer containing 20 to 70% by weight is described. Patent Document 2 describes a polymer resin and a filler, which are suitable for manufacturing a dental prosthesis by a CAD CAM procedure and are substantially crack-free and manufactured to pass a thermal shock test. Including mill blanks. Further, Patent Document 3 is located in an alveolar bone that is in contact with soft tissue, and is a bone tissue proximity surface extending from the tip of the dental implant to the interface at the neck portion of the dental implant, and a shoulder of the dental implant from the interface. A soft tissue proximate surface extending to the shoulder and the shoulder is inclined relative to the axis of the dental implant. ing. Prior art documents
特許文献 Patent Literature
特許文献 1 特開平 1 0 ― 3 2 3 3 5 3号公報 Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10 0-3 2 3 3 5 3
特許文献 2 特表 2 0 0 3 - 5 2 9 3 8 6号公報 Patent Document 2 Special Table 2 0 0 3-5 2 9 3 8 6
特許文献 3 特開 2 0 0 5 一 2 7 0 6 6 0号公報 発明の概要 Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 5 1 2 7 0 6 60 0 Summary of the Invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 Problems to be solved by the invention
上記したように、 歯科補綴物の加工用に提案されている従来の樹 脂製ブロック、 セラミックス製ブロック又は複合樹脂材製ブロック は、 いずれも解決されるべき課題を有している。 特にセラミックス 製ブロックは、 その製造後まもなく、 割れが発生する場合も多く、 安定した使用ができる補綴物は、 外圧がかからない部位に補綴する インレ一程度のものとなってしまう。 また、 樹脂製ブロックは、 泡 の処理等に煩雑さが伴い、 また、 審美的効果の達成を狙って色調の グラデーションを得る場合には築盛加工が用いられるが、 かかる加 工法では得られる補綴物において強度にばらつきが生じる。 As described above, any conventional resin block, ceramic block, or composite resin block proposed for processing a dental prosthesis has a problem to be solved. In particular, ceramic blocks are often cracked shortly after their manufacture, and a prosthesis that can be used stably is about the size of an inlay that can be prosthetic in areas where external pressure is not applied. In addition, the resin block is complicated in the processing of foam and the like, and in the case of obtaining a gradation of color tone with the aim of achieving an aesthetic effect, an embossing process is used. In this case, the strength varies.
本発明の目的は、 したがって、 CAD CAMを用いた歯科補綴物の製造 に好適であり、 審美的効果に優れ、 被覆処理等の特別な加工を行わ なく とも機械的強度に優れ、 長期にわたって安定的に使用でき、 切 削、 研削等の加工性に優れ、 泡がブロックの内部に残留することが なく、 天然に近い色調を得るためと審美的効果のさらなる向上のた めに複数の樹脂の重ね合わせにより色調にグラデーションを与えた ときでも、 加圧工程を伴うことなく樹脂どうしを強固に結合させる ことができる改良された歯科補綴物加工用ブロックとその製造方法 を提供することにある。 課題を解決するための手段 The object of the present invention is therefore suitable for the manufacture of dental prostheses using CAD CAM, has excellent aesthetic effects, has excellent mechanical strength without special processing such as coating treatment, and is stable over a long period of time. Excellent for workability such as cutting and grinding, without bubbles remaining inside the block, and multiple layers of resin to obtain a natural color tone and further improve the aesthetic effect Improved dental prosthesis processing block and method for manufacturing the same, which can firmly bond the resins together without a pressing process even when gradation is given by color matching Is to provide. Means for solving the problem
本発明者らは、 上記した目的を達成するために鋭意研究した結果 、 ブロック形状を有する銬型に、 例えばセラミックスフイ ラ一など の無機充填剤を含む複合樹脂材 (ハイブリ ッ ドレジン材) を充填し 、 好ましくは真空下で回転攪拌処理を経て重合硬化させることで、 手軽な製造方法でありながら、 充分な脱気がされしかも、 結合力の 強い歯科補綴物加工用のグラデーショ ンブロックを実現し得るとい う知見を得た。 本発明では特に、 一つの铸型の中に、 複数の突起を 形成した遮蔽物 (隔壁) を挿入しながら、 部分的に樹脂層を形成す ることで、 境界がぼやけたグラデーショ ンが形成された歯科補綴物 加工用グラデーションブロックを実現することができる。 このプロ ックでは、 加工された補綴物の色がより 自然な審美を備えながら、 ブロックを構成する樹脂どう しの結合力は強力であり、 歯科用補綴 物を長期にわたって安定に使用することができる。 As a result of diligent research to achieve the above-mentioned object, the present inventors have filled a saddle shape having a block shape with a composite resin material (hybrid resin material) containing an inorganic filler such as a ceramic filler. However, it is preferable to carry out a polymerization and curing process under a vacuum under a vacuum to realize a gradient block for processing a dental prosthesis that is easily degassed and has a strong bonding force even though it is an easy manufacturing method. I got the knowledge to get. In the present invention, in particular, a gradient with a blurred boundary is formed by partially forming a resin layer while inserting a shielding object (partition wall) having a plurality of protrusions into one bowl shape. It is possible to realize gradation blocks for processing dental prostheses. In this block, while the processed prosthesis color has a more natural aesthetic, the binding force between the resins that make up the block is strong, and the dental prosthesis can be used stably over a long period of time. it can.
本発明は、 1つの面において、 歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを製造 する方法であって、 In one aspect, the present invention is a method of manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block comprising:
前記ブロックの外面形状に対応する内面形状を備えた铸型を準備 する工程と、 Preparing a bowl having an inner surface shape corresponding to the outer surface shape of the block;
前記踌型に、 硬化処理により前記ブロックを形成可能な、 樹脂と それに分散せしめられた無機充填材とを含む複合樹脂材を充填する 工程と、 Filling the saddle mold with a composite resin material containing a resin and an inorganic filler dispersed in the block, the block being formed by a curing process;
前記複合樹脂材を前記铸型に収容したまま、 前記複合樹脂材を回 転攪拌処理に供する工程と、 A step of subjecting the composite resin material to rotational stirring while the composite resin material is housed in the saddle shape;
攪拌処理後の前記複合樹脂材を重合により硬化させる工程と を含んでなる、 歯科補綴物加工用プロックを製造する方法にある。 また、 本発明は、 もう 1つの面において、 上記しかつ以下に詳細 に説明する本発明方法によって製造された歯科補綴物加工用ブロッ クとその使用及び加工、 例えば歯科補綴物の加工にある。 発明の効果 And a step of curing the composite resin material after the stirring treatment by polymerization. In another aspect, the present invention also relates to a dental prosthesis processing block manufactured by the method of the present invention described above and described in detail below, and its use and processing, for example, processing of a dental prosthesis. The invention's effect
本発明によれば、 以下の詳細な説明から理解できるように、 複合 樹脂材を铸型に注入したまま、 回転攪拌操作及び重合処理を繰り返 し行う ことで、 簡単な工程でありながら、 強度に優れ、 均一な材質 で、 CADCAM加工に適した歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを形成できる。 本発明によれば特に、 審美的効果に優れ、 被覆処理等の特別な加 ェを行わなく とも機械的強度に優れ、 長期にわたって安定的に使用 でき、 切削、 研削等の加工性に優れ、 泡がブロックの内部に残留す ることがなく、 複数の樹脂層の重ね合わせによりブロックを形成す るとき、 加圧工程を伴うことなく樹脂層どう しを強固に結合させる とともに、 天然に近い色調及びさらに向上された審美的効果を備え 、 色調にグラデーショ ンを与えた歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを形成 することができる。 図面の簡単な説明 According to the present invention, as can be understood from the following detailed description, the strength and strength of the composite resin material can be reduced by repeating the rotary stirring operation and the polymerization treatment while the composite resin material is injected into the vertical shape, while being a simple process. Excellent and uniform material, can form a dental prosthesis processing block suitable for CADCAM processing. According to the present invention, in particular, it has an excellent aesthetic effect, excellent mechanical strength without special treatment such as coating treatment, can be used stably over a long period of time, has excellent workability such as cutting and grinding, and foam. When the block is formed by overlapping a plurality of resin layers, the resin layers are firmly bonded to each other without a pressurizing step, and the color tone close to natural and Furthermore, it is possible to form a dental prosthesis processing block having an improved aesthetic effect and a gradation in color tone. Brief Description of Drawings
図 1 本発明の 1実施例を順を追って説明する断面図である。 図 2 図 1 の実施例において本発明に従って行う回転攪拌処理ェ 程を説明する模式図である。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view for sequentially explaining one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a rotation stirring process performed in accordance with the present invention in the embodiment of FIG.
図 3 図 1の実施例に従って製造されたブロックの正面図 ( a ) 及び斜視図 ( b ) である。 3 is a front view (a) and a perspective view (b) of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG.
図 4 本発明のもう 1つの実施例を順を追って説明する断面屆で ある。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
図 5 図 4の実施例において本発明に従って行う回転攪拌処理ェ 程を説明する模式図である。 Fig. 5 The rotary stirring process performed in accordance with the present invention in the embodiment of Fig. 4 It is a schematic diagram explaining the process.
図 6 図 4の実施例に従って製造されたブロックの斜視図である 図 7 複数のブロックを同時に製造する場合に使用しうる铸型の 斜視図である。 6 is a perspective view of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG. 4. FIG. 7 is a vertical perspective view that can be used when a plurality of blocks are manufactured simultaneously.
図 8 図 1の実施例において使用されたリブ材の正面図 ( a ) 及 び铸型にリブ材を装着した状態を説明する断面図 ( b ) である。 FIG. 8 is a front view (a) of the rib member used in the embodiment of FIG. 1 and a sectional view (b) for explaining a state in which the rib member is attached to the saddle type.
図 9 本発明のもう 1つの実施例を順を追って説明する断面図で ある。 FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view illustrating another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
図 1 0 本発明のもう 1つの実施例を実施するために用いられる 部材の断面図である。 FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of members used to implement another embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 1 図 1 0の 1つの部材を製造する方法を順を追って示した 断面図である。 FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the method of manufacturing one member of FIG. 10 in order.
図 1 2 図 1 0のもう 1つの部材を製造する方法を順を追って示 した断面図である。 FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the method of manufacturing the other member of FIG. 10 step by step.
図 1 3 図 1 0に示した部材を使用した本発明のもう 1つの実施 例を順を追って説明する断面図である。 FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view for step-by-step description of another embodiment of the present invention using the member shown in FIG.
図 1 4 図 1 3の実施例に従って製造されたブロックの写真から 書き起こした斜視図 ( a ) 及び上面図 ( b ) である。 FIG. 14 is a perspective view (a) and a top view (b) drawn from a photograph of a block manufactured according to the embodiment of FIG.
図 1 5 本発明のさらにもう 1つの実施例を順を追って説明する 断面図である。 FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view for explaining still another embodiment of the present invention step by step.
図 1 6 本発明の 1実施例を示す模式図である。 FIG. 16 is a schematic view showing one embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 7 本発明の 1実施例を説明する模式図である。 FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 8 本発明の 1実施例を説明する模式図である。 FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 9 本発明の 1実施例を説明する模式図である。 FIG. 19 is a schematic view for explaining one embodiment of the present invention.
図 2 0 本発明のもう 1つの実施例 (全半) を示す模式図である 図 2 1 本発明のもう 1つの実施例 (後半) を示す模式図である FIG. 20 is a schematic view showing another embodiment (half) of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment (second half) of the present invention.
発明を実施するための形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
本発明は、 いろいろな形態で有利に実施することができる。 以下 、 添付の図面を参照しながら、 本発明の好ましい形態について説明 する。 The present invention can be advantageously implemented in various forms. Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本発明は、 歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを製造するに当たって、 ブロックの外面形状に対応する内面形状を備えた铸型を準備する 工程と、 The present invention provides a step of preparing a saddle mold having an inner surface shape corresponding to an outer surface shape of a block in manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block;
铸型に、 硬化処理により前記ブロックを形成可能な、 樹脂とそれ に分散せしめられた無機充填材とを含む複合樹脂材を充填する工程 と、 Filling a vertical mold with a composite resin material containing a resin and an inorganic filler dispersed in the block, the block being formed by a curing process;
複合樹脂材を铸型に収容したまま、 複合樹脂材を回転攪拌処理に 供する工程と、 A step of subjecting the composite resin material to a rotary stirring process while the composite resin material is housed in a vertical shape;
攪拌処理後の複合樹脂材を重合により硬化させる工程と Curing the composite resin material after the stirring treatment by polymerization;
を順次実施することを特徴とするブロック製造方法にある。 Are sequentially implemented.
本発明のブロック製造方法において、 1つの形態では、 ブロック が複数のブロック構成員の一体的な結合体からなり、 充填工程にお いて、 複合樹脂材を複数回に分けて充填し、 それぞれの充填工程の 後に回転攪拌処理工程及び硬化工程を順次実施し、 最後の硬化工程 の後、 得られた硬化物をさらに重合して硬化させることにより結合 体を形成することが好ましい。 In the block manufacturing method of the present invention, in one form, the block is composed of an integral combination of a plurality of block members, and in the filling process, the composite resin material is filled in a plurality of times, and each filling is performed. It is preferable that after the step, a rotating stirring treatment step and a curing step are sequentially performed, and after the final curing step, the obtained cured product is further polymerized and cured to form a bonded body.
また、 本発明方法において、 1つの形態では、 ブロックが複数の ブロック構成員の一体的な結合体からなり、 充填工程において、 互 いに色相を異にする複数の複合樹脂材を用意して順次充填し、 それ ぞれの充填工程の後に真空下における回転攪拌処理工程及び硬化工 程を順次実施し、 最後の硬化工程の後、 得られた硬化物をさらに重 合して硬化させることにより結合体を形成することが好ましい。 In the method of the present invention, in one form, the block is composed of an integral combination of a plurality of block members, and in the filling process, a plurality of composite resin materials having different hues are prepared and sequentially provided. Filling, and after each filling process, rotating stirring process step and curing process under vacuum It is preferable that the steps are sequentially performed, and after the final curing step, the obtained cured product is further overlapped and cured to form a bonded body.
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 充填工程において、 複合樹 脂材を充填し、 回転攪拌処理に供し、 さらに硬化させることを現場 で順次実施することによりブロック構成員を作製すること代えて、 複合樹脂材を充填し、 回転攪拌処理に供し、 さらに硬化させること を現場以外で順次実施することにより作製したブロック構成員を铸 型に装填する工程をさらに含むことが好ましい。 Also, in one form of the method of the present invention, in the filling step, instead of creating a block member by sequentially filling the composite resin material, subjecting it to a rotary stirring process, and further curing it on site. It is preferable that the method further includes a step of loading a block member produced by filling the composite resin material, subjecting it to a rotating stirring process, and further curing it at a place other than the site, into a vertical shape.
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 充填工程において、 铸型内 に配置した隔壁部材の存在においてブロック構成員を形成する工程 をさらに含むことが好ましい。 In one form of the method of the present invention, it is preferable that the filling step further includes a step of forming a block member in the presence of the partition member disposed in the saddle mold.
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 隔壁部材の表面が複数の微 小突起を備え、 該突起のパターンがブロック構成員の表面に転写さ れることが好ましい。 Further, in one form of the method of the present invention, it is preferable that the surface of the partition wall member includes a plurality of minute protrusions, and the pattern of the protrusions is transferred to the surface of the block member.
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 铸型において、 内面形状に よって外面形状が規定されるブロックの長軸方向が、 鍀型の回転軸 方向とほぼ垂直方向又は水平方向であることが好ましい。 In one form of the method of the present invention, in the saddle shape, the major axis direction of the block whose outer surface shape is defined by the inner surface shape is preferably substantially perpendicular or horizontal to the vertical rotation axis direction. .
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 回転攪拌処理工程において In one embodiment of the method of the present invention, in the rotary stirring process step,
、 铸型を自転的に回転させると同時に、 公転的に回転させることが 好ましい。 It is preferable to rotate the saddle type at the same time as it rotates.
また、 本発明方法の 1つの形態では、 ブロックがさらにリブ (リ ブ材ともいう) を備え、 そのリブが円柱体からなり、 その外周に沿 つて連続して形成された溝部又は一部に形成された切り欠き部を有 していてもよい。 In one form of the method of the present invention, the block further includes a rib (also referred to as a rib material), the rib is formed of a cylindrical body, and is formed in a groove portion or a part formed continuously along the outer periphery thereof. It may have a notched part.
さらに、 本発明は、 本発明方法によって製造された歯科補綴物加 ェ用ブロックにある。 本発明のブロックは、 1つの形態では、 ブロ ックが複数のブロック構成員の一体化結合体からなり、 その外周面 に、 境界がぼやけた色のグラデーショ ンが付与されていること、 す なわち、 グラデーショ ンをもったブロック (以下、 「グラデーショ ンブロック」 ともいう) であることが好ましい。 また、 本発明のブ ロックは、 1つの形態では、 ブロックの内部に気泡を有しないこと 、 すなわち、 ブロックの製造過程において気泡の紛れ込みが排除さ れ、 たとえ紛れ込んでも、 製造の過程でブロックから排出されてい ることが好ましい。 Furthermore, this invention exists in the block for dental prosthesis processing manufactured by the method of this invention. In one form of the block of the present invention, the block is composed of an integrated combination of a plurality of block members, and the outer peripheral surface thereof. In addition, it is preferable that a gradation with a blurred boundary is given, that is, a block having a gradation (hereinafter also referred to as a “gradation block”). Further, in one form, the block of the present invention has no bubbles inside the block, that is, bubbles are prevented from being bubbled in the manufacturing process of the block. Preferably it is discharged.
次いで、 本発明のこれらの形態及びその他の形態を以下でさらに 詳細に説明する。 These and other aspects of the invention are then described in further detail below.
本発明の実施に使用する铸型は、 最終目的物であるブロックの外 面形状に対応する内面形状を備える铸型であるならば、 特に限定さ れるものではない。 なお、 この铸型は、 ブロックを支持するための リブ材を着脱可能に取り付けた、 さもなければ、 リブ材を取り付け 可能な構成をもっていてもよい。 The saddle shape used in the practice of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a saddle shape having an inner surface shape corresponding to the outer surface shape of the block that is the final object. This saddle type may have a structure in which a rib material for supporting the block is detachably attached, or the rib material can be attached.
すなわち、 本発明で用いられる铸型は、 少なく とも、 ブロック形 状を決定する形状を備えていればよく、 縦型であっても横型であつ てもよく、 必要に応じて、 リブとの結合部を備えていてもよい。 な お、 縦型の铸型は、 横型の铸型に比べ、 高さが高くなるものの、 よ り多くのブロックを一度に製造可能とする点で好ましいが、 グラデ ーシヨンブロックを製造する際は、 縦型の隔壁部材 (パ一テ一ショ ン) を用いる必要がある。 縦型の隔壁部材は、 複合樹脂材の光重合 を行うため、 例えば、 可視光等が透過可能な光透過性材料からなる ものが好ましいが、 铸型そのものが可視光等が透過可能なものであ れば、 可視光等不透過性の隔壁部材であってもよい。 In other words, the saddle shape used in the present invention only needs to have at least a shape that determines the block shape, and may be a vertical shape or a horizontal shape, and may be combined with a rib as necessary. May be provided. Although the vertical type is higher than the horizontal type, it is preferable in that it allows more blocks to be manufactured at one time. However, when manufacturing a gradient block, the vertical type is preferred. It is necessary to use a partition member (partition) of the mold. The vertical partition member is preferably made of a light-transmitting material capable of transmitting visible light or the like, for example, because it performs photopolymerization of the composite resin material, but the vertical type itself can transmit visible light or the like. Any partition member that is impermeable to visible light or the like may be used.
また、 铸型は、 1個の型部材から構成されていてもよく、 2個以 上の型部材から構成されていてもよい。 铸型が 2個以上の型部材か ら構成されるとき、 それぞれの型部材は、 同一であってもよく、 互 いに異なっていてもよい。 さ らに、 铸型は、 主に上部が開口されて いてもよく、 これにより、 回転攪拌により充分な脱気を図ることが できる。 Further, the saddle mold may be composed of one mold member, or may be composed of two or more mold members. When the saddle mold is composed of two or more mold members, the respective mold members may be the same or mutually It may be different. In addition, the vertical shape may have an upper portion mainly opened, and thereby sufficient deaeration can be achieved by rotary stirring.
本発明で用いられる樹脂は、 歯科補綴物加工用ブロックの分野で 一般的に使用されている樹脂であることができる。 適当な樹脂とし ては、 以下のものに限定されないが、 例えば、 卜 リエチレングリコ 一ルジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ジウレタンジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ウレタン ト リ メタク リ レー 卜、 ウレ夕ンテ トラメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ポリエチレン グリ コ一ルジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 1 , 6 —へキサンジオールジメタク リ レー ト、 ト リメチロールプロパン ト リメタク リ レー 卜、 ベンジル メタク リ レー ト、 2 —ヒ ドロキシェチルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 2 —ヒ ド ロキシプロピルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ジメチルアミノエチルメタク リ レ 一卜、 ジェチルアミ ノエチルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 グリ シジルメ夕ク リ レー 卜、 テ 卜ラヒ ドロフルフリルメ夕ク リ レー 卜、 エチレングリ コ 一ルジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 1, 3 —プチレングリコールジメ夕ク リ レ — ト、 メチルメタク リ レー ト、 ェチルメタク リ レー ト、 n —ブチル メタク リ レー ト、 i —プチルメタク リ レー ト、 t —プチルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 2 —ェチルへキシルメタク リ レー ト、 シクロへキシルメタ ク リ レ一 卜、 ジエチレングリ コールジメタク リ レー 卜、 2, 2-ビス [ 4- (メタク リ ロキシエトキシ)フエニル]プロパン、 2, 2-ビス [4- (メ タク リ ロキシジエトキシ)フエニル]プロパン、 2, 2-ビス [4- (メタク リ ロキシポリエトキシ)フエニル]プロパンなどを挙げることができ る。 これらの樹脂は、 単独で使用してもよく、 2種以上の樹脂を混 合して使用することもできる。 また、 これらの樹脂は、 複合樹脂材 を構成するために任意の量で配合することができる。 樹脂の配合の 割合は、 通常、 5〜 5 0 %、 好ましく は、 1 5〜3 0 %である。 The resin used in the present invention can be a resin generally used in the field of dental prosthesis processing blocks. Examples of suitable resins include, but are not limited to, for example, 卜 ethylene glycol monomethyl methacrylate, diurethane dimethyl methacrylate, urethane trimethacrylate 卜, urethane trimethyl acrylate. Rate, polyethylene glycolate, 1, 6 — hexanediol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2 — hydroxykistilmelate Rate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, cetylaminoethyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, te rahi drofurfuryl chloride卜, ethylene glycol emulsion, 1, 3 — butylene glycol emulsion —, Methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n — butyl methacrylate, i — butyl methacrylate, t — butyl methacrylate, 2 — ethyl hexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate Relay, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 2, 2-bis [4- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, Examples include 2,2-bis [4- (methacryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane. These resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more resins. In addition, these resins can be blended in an arbitrary amount to constitute a composite resin material. The proportion of the resin is usually 5 to 50%, preferably 15 to 30%.
複合樹脂材を構成するために上記のような樹脂中にフィ ラーとし て含まれるべき無機充填剤は、 任意の無機充填剤を包含することが できる。 適当な充填剤として、 以下のものに限定されないが、 例え ば、 シリカ、 アルミナ、 ジルコニァ、 シリカ-ジルコニァ等の無機 複合材、 ガラス、 雲母、 長石、 ヒ ドロキシアパタイ ト等のリン酸力 ルシゥム、 またそれらの有機質複合フイ ラ一などを挙げることがで きる。 これらの充填剤は、 単独で使用してもよく、 2種以上の充填 剤を混合して使用することもできる。 これらの無機充填剤は、 樹脂 中に均一に分散させ、 また、 良好な審美的効果を達成するため、 微 細に細分化された微細粒子の状態で使用することが好ましい。 無機 充填剤の平均粒径は、 通常、 0 . 0 1〜 2 0 / mであり、 好ましく は、 0 . 3〜 5 mである。 また、 無機充填剤は、 複合樹脂材を構 成するために任意の量で配合することができる。 無機充填剤の配合 の割合は、 通常、 5 0〜 9 5 %、 好ましくは、 7 0〜 8 5 %である 本発明では、 その好ましい 1形態において、 無機充填剤として、 同一もしくは異なる材料、 好ましくは同一の材料を、 上記の粒径の ものと、 1 0〜 3 0 0 n mのものとの混合物の形で使用することが できる。 このような充填剤混合物を使用することで、 例えば、 耐磨 耗性が向上し、 フイ ラ一の高密度充填ができることで、 研磨時、 滑 沢な表面を形成しやすくなるといった効果を得ることができる。 In order to construct a composite resin material, fillers are used in the resin as described above. The inorganic filler to be included can include any inorganic filler. Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, for example, inorganic composites such as silica, alumina, zirconia, silica-zirconia, phosphate power such as glass, mica, feldspar, and hydroxyapatite, and those Examples of such organic composite fillers. These fillers may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more fillers. These inorganic fillers are preferably used in the form of finely divided fine particles in order to disperse them uniformly in the resin and to achieve a good aesthetic effect. The average particle diameter of the inorganic filler is usually from 0.1 to 20 / m, and preferably from 0.3 to 5 m. In addition, the inorganic filler can be blended in an arbitrary amount to constitute the composite resin material. The proportion of the inorganic filler is usually 50 to 95%, preferably 70 to 85%. In the present invention, in one preferred embodiment, the same or different materials as the inorganic filler, preferably The same material can be used in the form of a mixture of those with the above particle sizes and those with 10 to 300 nm. By using such a filler mixture, for example, the wear resistance is improved and the filler can be filled at a high density, so that it is possible to easily form a smooth surface during polishing. Can do.
また、 本発明では、 複合樹脂材を製造するとき、 無機充填剤の使 用の際の分散性や濡れ性を向上させるベく、 カップリ ング剤、 好ま しくはシランカップリング剤を添加することが好ましい。 シラン力 ップリング剤を添加をすることで、 最終的に、 より均一なハイプリ ッ ド夕ィプの補綴物を製造することができる。 シランカップリング 剤としては、 例えば、 3-メ夕クリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラ ン、 3-メ夕クリ ロキシプロピルジェトキシシラン、 3-メタクリ ロキ シプロピルト リ メ トキシシラン、 3-メ夕ク リ ロキシプロピルジメ ト キシシランなどを挙げることができる。 これらのシランカップリ ン グ剤の添加量は、 無機充填剤に対して、 通常、 0. 5〜 5 0重量% であり、 好ましく は、 0. 5〜 1 5重量%である。 シランカツプリ ング剤の添加は、 任意の手法で行う ことができるが、 一例として、 次のような論文に記載の手法を挙げることができる : T. Niheiら、 J . Dent. Res .81 (7) :482- 486, 2002、 H. Ishidaら、 J Colloid. Interf ace. Sci. 64 (3) :555-564, 1978, R. H. Hal vorsonら、 Dent. Mater. 1 9:327-333, 2003。 なお、 無機充填剤にすでにシラン処理が施されて いるもの、 例えば、 すでにシランカップリ ング剤で処理されている シリカ等も好適に利用できる。 In the present invention, when producing a composite resin material, a coupling agent, preferably a silane coupling agent, may be added in order to improve dispersibility and wettability when using an inorganic filler. preferable. By adding a silane force coupling agent, it is possible to finally produce a more uniform hybrid type prosthesis. Examples of silane coupling agents include 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyljetoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxy. Examples include cyclopropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methylpropyloxydimethoxysilane. The addition amount of these silane coupling agents is usually 0.5 to 50% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 15% by weight, based on the inorganic filler. The addition of the silane coupling agent can be carried out by any method, but examples include the method described in the following paper: T. Nihei et al., J. Dent. Res .81 (7) : 482-486, 2002, H. Ishida et al., J Colloid. Interf ace. Sci. 64 (3): 555-564, 1978, RH Hal vorson et al., Dent. Mater. 1 9: 327-333, 2003. In addition, inorganic fillers that have already been treated with silane, for example, silica that has already been treated with silane coupling agents, can be suitably used.
複合樹脂材には、 上記したシランカップリ ング剤の他、 その他の 添加剤も任意に配合することができる。 適当な添加剤として、 以下 のものに限定されないが、 例えば、 増感剤、 すなわち、 光増感剤及 び熱増感剤、 着色剤、 還元剤、 安定剤、 希釈剤などを挙げることが できる。 これらの添加剤は、 それぞれ、 本発明のブロック、 そして 補綴物を形成するために好ましい任意の量で添加することができる 光増感剤及び熱増感剤としては、 例えば、 カンファーキノ ン、 ベ ンジル、 ジァセチル、 ベンジルジメチルケタール、 ベンジルジェチ ルケ夕一ル、 ベンジルジ ( 2—メ トキシェチル) ケタール、 4, 4 ' 一ジメチルペンジル一ジメチルケタール、 アン トラキノ ン、 1 — クロ口アン トラキノ ン、 2 —クロ口アン トラキノ ン、 1, 2 —ベン ズアン トラキノ ン、 1 —ヒ ドロキシアン トラキノ ン、 1 —メチルァ ン トラキノン、 2 —ェチルアン トラキノ ン、 1 —ブロモアン トラキ ノ ン、 チォキサン トン、 2 —イソプロピルチォキサン トン、 2 —二 トロチォキサン トン、 2—メチルチオキサン トン、 2 , 4—ジメチ ルチオキサン トン、 2 , 4 —ジェチルチオキサン トン、 2 , 4 —ジ イソプロピルチォキサントン、 2 —クロロー 7 _ ト リ フルォロメチ ルチオキサン トン、 チォキサン トン— 1 0 , 1 0 —ジォキシ ド、 チ ォキサン トン一 1 0 —オキサイ ド、 ベンゾイ ンメチルエーテル、 ベ ンゾインェチルエーテル、 イソプロピルエーテル、 ベンゾイ ンイソ ブチルエーテル、 ベンゾフエノ ン、 ビス ( 4—ジメチルァミ ノ フエ ニル) ケ トン、 4, 4 ' —ビスジェチルァミノべンゾフエノ ン、 ァ シルフォスフィ ンオキサイ ドの誘導体、 アジド基を含む化合物など を挙げることができる。 これらの増感剤は、 単独で使用してもよく 、 2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 In addition to the above-mentioned silane coupling agent, other additives can be arbitrarily blended in the composite resin material. Examples of suitable additives include, but are not limited to, sensitizers, that is, photosensitizers and thermal sensitizers, colorants, reducing agents, stabilizers, diluents, and the like. . These additives can be added in any desired amount to form the block of the present invention and the prosthesis, respectively. Examples of the photosensitizer and thermal sensitizer include camphorquinone, Benzyl, diacetyl, benzyl dimethyl ketal, benzyl diethyl ketal, benzyl di (2-methoxetyl) ketal, 4,4 'monodimethyl pentyl mono dimethyl ketal, anthraquinone, 1 — black anthraquinone, 2 — black Mouth anthraquinone, 1, 2 — Benzanthraquinone, 1 — Hydroxian traquinone, 1 — Methylthraquinone, 2 — Ethylanthraquinone, 1 — Bromoanthraquinone, thixanthone, 2 — isopropyl thixanthone, 2-Throthioxanthone, 2-Methylthioxanthone, 2, 4 —Zimechi Ruthioxanthone, 2, 4 — Jetylthioxanthone, 2, 4 — Diisopropylthixanthone, 2 — Chloro-7_trifluoromethyl thioxanthone, thixanthone — 1 0, 1 0 — Dioxide, thixanthone 1 0 — Oxide, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzophenone, bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 4, 4 '— bisjetylamino Examples include benzophenone, acylphosphine oxide derivatives, and compounds containing an azide group. These sensitizers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
還元剤としては、 第 3級ァミ ンが一般に使用される。 第 3級アミ ンとしては、 例えば、 N, N —ジメチル— p — 卜ルイジン、 N, N —ジメチルアミノエチルメタク リレー ト、 ト リエタノールァミ ン、 4ージメチルァミノ安息香酸メチル、 4 ージメチルァミノ安息香酸 ェチル、 4 —ジメチルァミノ安息香酸イソアミルなどを挙げること ができる。 また、 他の還元剤として、 ベンゾィルパーオキサイ ド、 ァゾビスイソプチロニ ト リル、 スルフィ ン酸ソ一ダ誘導体、 有機金 属化合物などを挙げることができる。 As the reducing agent, tertiary amine is generally used. Tertiary amines include, for example, N, N-dimethyl-p- 卜 luidine, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, triethanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4 — Examples include isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples of other reducing agents include benzoyl peroxide, azobisisoptyronitrile, sulfinic acid soda derivatives, and organic metal compounds.
着色剤としては、 例えば、 酸化鉄、 酸化チタン、 酸化アルミナ等 の無機顔料、 アナ トー色素、 カカオ色素、 クチナシ黄色素、 コゥリ ヤ ン色素、 コチニール色素、 夕マネギ色素 、 ラック色素、 タマリ ン ド色素、 赤キャベツ色素、 ベニバナ黄色素、 赤ダイコン色素、 ゥ コン色素、 ブドウ果汁色素、 ビー ト レッ ド、 ブドウ果皮色素、 紅麹 色素、 紫ィモ色素、 紅麹黄色素、 アヤムラサキ色素、 クチナシ青色 素、 紫トウモロコシ色素、 クチナシ赤色素、 エルダ一ベリー色素、 等の天然色素、 jS _カロテン、 リボフラビン、 リボフラビン酪酸ェ ステル、 リボフラビン 5 '—リ ン酸エステルナ ト リ ウム、 等の合成天 然色素、 銅クロロフィル、 銅クロロフィ リ ンナ ト リウム、 鉄クロ口 フィ リ ンナト リ ウム、 ノルビキシンカ リ ウム、 ノルビキシンナ ト リ ゥム等の天然系色素誘導体、 食用赤色 2号、 食用赤色 3号、 食用赤 色 4 0号、 食用赤色 1 0 2号、 食用赤色 1 0 6号、 食用黄色 4号、 食用黄色 5号、 食用青色 1号、 食用青色 2号、 アルミニウムレーキ 等、 スダン!!、 キニザリ ングリーン S S、 オレンジ S S、 スダンプ ルー B、 オレンジレッ ド X〇、 キノ リ ンイエロ一 S S、 力一ボンブ ラック、 フタロシアニンブル一、 ジメチルキナク リ ドン、 キナク リ ドン、 モノァゾイエロ一、 ナフ トールブルーブラック等の有機染料 又は有機顔料を挙げることができる。 なお、 グラデーショ ンブロッ クを製造する場合、 着色剤として、 例えば、 赤色の三二酸化鉄、 黄 色の三二酸化鉄、 白色の酸化チタンの 3者の組み合わせなどを使用 することが好ましく、 安定剤として、 例えば、 ヒ ドロキノ ンモノメ チルエーテル、 ヒ ドロキノン、 希釈剤としてはアセ トン、 酢酸プチ ル、 エタノール、 ジクロロメタンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the colorant include inorganic pigments such as iron oxide, titanium oxide, and alumina oxide, anatto dye, cacao dye, gardenia yellow dye, colyan dye, cochineal dye, evening onion dye, lac dye, and tamarind dye. , Red cabbage pigment, safflower yellow pigment, red radish pigment, turmeric pigment, grape juice pigment, bean tread, grape skin pigment, red maple pigment, purple imo pigment, red grape yellow pigment, Ayamurasaki pigment, gardenia blue pigment Natural pigments such as purple corn pigment, gardenia red pigment, elda berry pigment, jS_carotene, riboflavin, riboflavin butyrate ester, riboflavin 5'-phosphate ester sodium, etc. However, natural pigment derivatives such as pigment, copper chlorophyll, copper chlorophyllin sodium, iron black phylloline sodium, norbixin calcium, norbixin sodium, food red No. 2, food red No. 3, food red Color 40, food red 100 2, food red 10 06, food yellow 4, food yellow 5, food blue 1, food blue 2, aluminum rake, etc. Sudan! ! , Kinizarin Green SS, Orange SS, Sudden Blue B, Orange Red X〇, Kinolin Yellow SS, Kiichi Bon Black, Phthalocyanine Blue, Dimethyl Quinacridone, Quinacridon, Monoazo Yellow, Naphthol Blue Black And organic dyes or organic pigments. In addition, when manufacturing a gradient block, it is preferable to use a combination of three of red iron sesquioxide, yellow iron sesquioxide, white titanium oxide, etc. For example, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, hydroquinone, and diluents include acetone, ethyl acetate, ethanol, and dichloromethane.
本発明では、 上述のような複合樹脂材を铸型に充填した後、 その 複合樹脂材を铸型に充填したまま、 複合樹脂材を回転攪拌処理に供 することを特徴とする。 The present invention is characterized in that after the composite resin material as described above is filled into a saddle shape, the composite resin material is subjected to a rotating stirring treatment while the composite resin material is filled into the saddle shape.
本発明における回転攪拌処理は、 任意の手法で実施することがで きるけれども、 铸型を自転的に回転させ得ると同時に、 公転的に回 転させ得る手法及び装置を使用して実施することが好ましい。 例え ば、 本発明の回転攪拌処理は、 実開平 3 — 3 6 6 1 3号公報に記載 された自転と公転を行う ミキサーの使用により好適に実施すること ができる。 自転と公転を行うミキサーを使用することで、 複合樹脂 材の攪袢時間を 2〜 6分程度の短時間に短縮し得る場合もある。 当 該回転攪拌処理により、 粘度が高いものの気泡も容易に取り除ける 他、 充填、 回転攪拌重合を複数回行った積層ブロックであっても、 全体に強度が高いブロックが製造可能となる。 また、 回転攪拌処理 は、 必要に応じて、 例えば、 「あわとり練太郎」 (商品名) などと してシンキー社から商業的に入手可能な自転 · 公転方式ミキサーや 、 その他の自転 · 公転方式ミキサーを使用してもよい。 Although the rotary stirring treatment in the present invention can be performed by any method, it can be performed by using a method and an apparatus that can rotate the vertical mold at the same time and rotate it at the same time. preferable. For example, the rotary stirring process of the present invention can be suitably carried out by using a mixer that performs rotation and revolution described in Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 3-3 6 6 13. By using a mixer that rotates and revolves, the mixing time of the composite resin material may be shortened to about 2 to 6 minutes. The rotary stirring process can easily remove bubbles with high viscosity, but even in a laminated block in which filling and rotary stirring polymerization are performed several times, A block with high strength can be manufactured as a whole. In addition, if necessary, the rotary stirring process can be performed, for example, as “Awatori Neritaro” (trade name), a rotation / revolution method mixer commercially available from Sinky Corporation, and other rotation / revolution methods. A mixer may be used.
また、 本発明は、 真空下において回転攪拌処理を行うことが好ま しく、 真空を適用することで、 より充分な気泡の除去が行えるとと もに、 均一な混合樹脂材の形成が可能となる。 適用する真空度は、 通常、 0 . :! 〜 2 0 k P a、 好ましくは、 0 . 5〜 2 . O k P aで ある。 Further, in the present invention, it is preferable to perform a rotary stirring process under a vacuum. By applying a vacuum, it is possible to remove bubbles more sufficiently and to form a uniform mixed resin material. . The degree of vacuum to be applied is usually from 0.5 :! to 20 kPa, preferably from 0.5 to 2.OkPa.
さらに、 本発明の回転攪拌処理において、 粘度を高く して餅状と した複合樹脂材から脱気し、 かつそれと同時に重合による硬化を発 生させることは、 粘度の低い複合樹脂材を用いる場合よりも、 より 早い硬化と均一な硬化が実現でき、 製造上、 好ましい仕様となる場 合がある。 また、 本発明の複合樹脂材の設計において、 充填材 (フ イ ラ一) の充填量で硬度を上げることや、 微粒子フィ ラーの充填量 で透明度や研磨性を付与することが推奨される。 なぜなら、 かかる 処理を行った場合、 粘度の上昇を達成できるため、 硬度、 透明度、 研磨性などの性能の向上を求める場合、 かかる処理が有効な手段と なりえる。 さらに、 樹脂の形成に使用されるモノマーに関して、 耐 久性があるが粘性が高いモノマー、 例えば 2, 2-ビス [4- (メタクリロ キシエトキシ)フエニル]プロパン等を高められた含量使用すること が推奨される。 Furthermore, in the rotational stirring treatment of the present invention, it is possible to degas from the composite resin material having a high viscosity and to cause curing by polymerization at the same time as using a composite resin material having a low viscosity. However, faster curing and uniform curing can be achieved, which may be a favorable specification for manufacturing. In the design of the composite resin material of the present invention, it is recommended to increase the hardness by the filling amount of the filler (filler), or to impart transparency and abrasiveness by the filling amount of the fine particle filler. This is because, when such treatment is performed, an increase in viscosity can be achieved. Therefore, when improvement in performance such as hardness, transparency, and abrasiveness is required, such treatment can be an effective means. In addition, with regard to the monomers used to form the resin, it is recommended to use an increased content of a durable but highly viscous monomer such as 2, 2-bis [4- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane. Is done.
本発明では、 樹脂の硬化のため、 光重合と熱重合が組み合わせて 使用されることが好ましい。 すなわち、 本発明の重合は、 最初光重 合により硬化させた後、 熱重合を行うことで、 充分な硬化と反応を 行わせて、 残留樹脂の低減をはかることができる。 ここで、 光重合 は、 通常、 紫外線又は青色光等の可視光線を 1 0〜 1 0 0 0 0秒間 にわたつて照射して行い、 そのようにして光重合が完了した後、 最 後に、 1 0 0〜 1 5 0での加熱による熱重合を 1 0 0 0〜 1 0 0 0 0 0秒間にわたつて行うことが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use a combination of photopolymerization and thermal polymerization for curing the resin. That is, in the polymerization of the present invention, after first curing by photopolymerization, thermal polymerization is performed, and thereby sufficient curing and reaction can be performed to reduce the residual resin. Here, the photopolymerization is usually performed by applying visible light such as ultraviolet light or blue light for 10 to 100 seconds. After the photopolymerization was completed in this way, finally, thermal polymerization by heating at 100-150 was conducted for 100-000 seconds. It is preferable to do this.
引き続いて、 本発明による歯科補綴物加工用ブロックの製造方法 をさらに具体的に説明する。 Subsequently, the method for manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block according to the present invention will be described more specifically.
本発明では、 無機充填剤及び樹脂を混合して複合樹脂材を調製す ベく、 本発明において回転攪拌処理に用いられる任意の手段やその 他の手段を用いて予め、 無機充填剤及び樹脂を予め充分に攪拌する 。 攪拌後、 得られた複合樹脂材 (最終的には複合樹脂材となる前駆 体であるので、 「混合樹脂材」 ということもできる) を、 铸型に入 れ、 さらにそれを回転攪拌手段に装填する。 ここで、 回転攪拌及び 脱泡をすべく、 通常、 0 . 5分間〜 2時間にわたって複合樹脂材の 回転攪拌処理を実施する。 複合樹脂材の回転攪拌処理の時間は、 好 ましくは、 5〜: 1 0分間である。 In the present invention, an inorganic filler and a resin are mixed to prepare a composite resin material. In the present invention, the inorganic filler and the resin are preliminarily used by using any means or other means used for the rotation stirring process. Stir well in advance. After stirring, the resulting composite resin material (which can be called “mixed resin material” because it is a precursor that will eventually become a composite resin material) is placed in a bowl and further used as a rotary stirring means. Load it. Here, in order to perform rotational stirring and defoaming, the composite resin material is usually subjected to rotational stirring for 0.5 to 2 hours. The time for the rotary stirring treatment of the composite resin material is preferably 5 to: 10 minutes.
回転攪拌処理と同時に、 最初の樹脂硬化、 すなわち、光重合によ る樹脂硬化を実施する。 その際、 使用する铸型の材質が紫外線又は 可視光線、 好ましくは青色光が透過可能な材料であれば、 複合樹脂 材の全量をそのまま铸型に充填して混練及び重合処理を実施するこ とができる。 最終的に得られるブロックは、 1つの複合樹脂材のブ ロックである。 しかしながら、 铸型の材質が紫外線又は可視光線が 不透過の材料からなる場合や、 より重合度を高めたい場合には、 複 合樹脂材を複数回に分けて铸型に充填して、 充填の都度、 それぞれ の充填物 (複合樹脂材の一部) を混練及び重合する工程を繰り返す ことが好ましい。 複数回の繰り返しの後、 最終的に得られるブロッ クは、 複数の樹脂層からなる 1つの複合樹脂材のブロックである。 なお、 本発明の実施では、 光重合工程において、 紫外線及び可視光 線の中で、 なかんずく、 取り扱いが容易で、 紫外線のように人体に 危険性がない青色光のような可視光線を好適に使用することができ る。 本明細書では、 これらの好適に使用することのできる重合のた めの照射光を一般に 「可視光等」 と呼ぶこととする。 Simultaneously with the rotating stirring treatment, the first resin curing, that is, the resin curing by photopolymerization is performed. At this time, if the bowl-shaped material used is a material that can transmit ultraviolet light or visible light, preferably blue light, the entire amount of the composite resin material is filled in the bowl as it is and kneading and polymerization are performed. Can do. The final block is a single composite resin block. However, when the vertical material is made of a material that does not transmit ultraviolet rays or visible light, or when it is desired to increase the degree of polymerization, the composite resin material is divided into multiple portions and filled into the vertical shape. It is preferable to repeat the process of kneading and polymerizing each filler (part of the composite resin material) each time. After multiple iterations, the final block is a single composite resin block consisting of multiple resin layers. In the practice of the present invention, in the photopolymerization process, it is easy to handle, especially in the ultraviolet and visible light rays, and it is applied to the human body like ultraviolet rays. Visible light such as blue light with no danger can be preferably used. In this specification, the irradiation light for polymerization that can be suitably used is generally called “visible light”.
先にも述べたように、 複合樹脂材を複数回に分けて铸型に充填し てその都度光重合による硬化を実施するとき、 その都度、 色の異な る複合樹脂材を使用することが好ましい。 充填の都度に色を変える ことで、 グラデーショ ンブロック、 すなわち、 少なく とも複数の色 で構成されたグラデーショ ンのあるブロックを実現することができ る。 As mentioned above, when a composite resin material is divided into a plurality of times and filled into a bowl and cured by photopolymerization each time, it is preferable to use a composite resin material having a different color each time. . By changing the color each time it is filled, a gradient block, that is, a block with a gradient composed of at least a plurality of colors can be realized.
踌型は、 その内容物である光重合性の複合樹脂材に所定量の可視 光等を照射するため、 光照射用の開口部を備えていてもよい。 開口 部より可視光等を照射して複合樹脂材を硬化させる際、 可視光等の 照射は、 任意の照射条件を適用して実施することができる。 例えば The saddle type may be provided with an opening for light irradiation in order to irradiate a predetermined amount of visible light or the like to the photopolymerizable composite resin material that is the content thereof. When the composite resin material is cured by irradiating visible light or the like from the opening, irradiation with visible light or the like can be performed by applying arbitrary irradiation conditions. For example
、 使用する可視光等の強さにも依るが、 充填された樹脂の厚みが 3 〜 5 m m程度であるとき、 樹脂を対象とした可視光等の照射は、 汎 用の照明手段及び照明条件を適用して実施可能である。 本発明によ ると、 このように、 複合樹脂材を铸型に充填して回転攪拌処理を行 い、 かつ可視光等を照射する工程を繰り返し行うことで、 充分重合 したブロック、 最終的には補綴物を得ることができる。 Depending on the intensity of visible light used, etc., when the thickness of the filled resin is about 3 to 5 mm, irradiation with visible light targeting the resin is a general purpose illumination means and illumination conditions. Can be implemented. According to the present invention, a sufficiently polymerized block is finally obtained by repeatedly performing the step of rotating and stirring the composite resin material in a bowl shape and irradiating with visible light or the like. Can obtain a prosthesis.
本発明では、 铸型内の複合樹脂材に可視光等による光重合硬化を 施した後、 熱重合による硬化を実施する。 熱重合硬化は、 任意の加 熱条件下で実施することができるけれども、 通常、 1 0 0〜 2 0 0 での温度で 1〜 2 4時間である。 加熱による熱重合硬化は、 光重合 硬化後の複合樹脂材を铸型に入ったまま行うことができる。 好まし くは、 熱重合硬化は、 1 0 0〜 1 5 0での温度で 1 〜 5時間である 本発明に従って複合樹脂材を複数回に分けて铸型に充填して回転 攪拌処理を実施するとき、 主に繰り返しによる光重合処理を行うこ とから、 得られるブロックは、 層状に形成されているものの、 複合 樹脂材の充填後の回転攪拌処理により、 単層のブロックとほとんど 変わらない強度を備えている。 In the present invention, the composite resin material in the basket is subjected to photopolymerization curing with visible light or the like, and then cured by thermal polymerization. Thermal polymerization curing can be carried out under any heating condition, but is usually 1 to 24 hours at a temperature of 100 to 200. Thermal polymerization and curing by heating can be performed with the composite resin material after photopolymerization and curing in a bowl shape. Preferably, the thermal polymerization curing is 1 to 5 hours at a temperature of 100 to 1550. In accordance with the present invention, the composite resin material is divided into a plurality of times and filled into a saddle shape and rotated. When the stirring process is performed, since the photopolymerization process is mainly performed repeatedly, the resulting block is formed in a layer shape, but by rotating the stirring process after filling the composite resin material, It has almost the same strength.
上記に関連して、 以下においてさらに詳しく説明するけれども、 铸型の一例とその使用を図 4で示す横型の铸型を参照して説明する 铸型 1 1 は、 铸型下部 3 1 と铸型上部 3 3 とから構成される。 铸 型下部 3 1 には、 ブロックの外面形状に対応する铸型 1 1の内面形 状を規定するための、 半分の凹部で形成されるブロック形成部 3 2 aの一部 (下半分) と、 リブ載置部 3 2 bとが設けられている。 図 示されるように、 铸型下部 3 1 に铸型上部 3 3を重ね合わせること で、 ブロック形成部 3 2 aを形成することができる。 In connection with the above, an example of a saddle shape and its use will be described with reference to the horizontal saddle shape shown in FIG. 4. It consists of upper 3 3. The lower part 3 1 of the mold has a part (lower half) of the block forming part 3 2a formed by a half-recess to define the inner surface shape of the saddle mold 11 corresponding to the outer surface shape of the block. And a rib placing portion 3 2 b. As shown in the figure, the block forming part 3 2 a can be formed by superimposing the saddle upper part 3 3 on the saddle lower part 3 1.
铸型 1 1 には、 ブロックを支持するためのリブ 3 5が予め載置さ れていてもよく、 さもなければ、 複合樹脂材 (前駆体) を充填する 前にリブ 3 5を載置してもよい。 リブ載置部 3 2 bにリブ 3 5を載 置した後、 凹状のブロック形成部 3 2 a及びリブ載置部 3 2 bを備 えた踌型下部 3 1 にもう半分の铸型 (铸型上部) 3 3 を被せて固定 する。 得られた铸型 1 1 に、 その開口部 3 4から複合樹脂材を注入 し、 複合樹脂材を铸型 1 1 に充填する。 The vertical mold 1 1 may be pre-placed with ribs 35 for supporting the block, otherwise the ribs 35 are placed before filling with the composite resin material (precursor). May be. After placing the rib 3 5 on the rib placing part 3 2 b, the other half of the saddle (the saddle type) is attached to the lower part 3 1 of the bowl with the concave block forming part 3 2 a and the rib placing part 3 2 b. (Top) 3 3 Cover and fix. A composite resin material is poured into the obtained mold 1 1 from the opening 3 4, and the mold resin 1 1 is filled with the composite resin material.
铸型 1 1 は、 任意の材料から形成することができる。 例えば、 铸 型 1 1の材料は、 その一部が可視光等を透過させる材質からなって いてもよく、 さもなければ、 その全部が可視光等を透過させる材質 からなつていてもよい。 The saddle mold 1 1 can be formed from any material. For example, part of the material of the vertical mold 11 may be made of a material that transmits visible light or the like, or all of the material may be made of a material that transmits visible light or the like.
铸型 1 1 に複合樹脂材の充填を完了した後、 例えば図 5に示すよ うに、 好ましくは自転 · 公転方式による回転攪拌装置に铸型 1 1 を 装填し、 装置の自転 · 公転により複合樹脂材の均一な混練を行う。 本発明は、 以上に詳細に説明したように、 歯科補綴物加工用プロ ックとその製造方法にある。 本発明者らは、 このたび、 そのような ブロックもしくはその他のブロックを使用してクラウン、 インレー 等の歯科用補綴物を製造する方法をあわせて発明した。 以下、 これ について説明する。 After completing the filling of the composite resin material in the vertical mold 1 1, as shown in Fig. 5, for example, the vertical mold 1 1 is preferably loaded into a rotating and revolving rotary agitator and the composite resin is rotated and revolved. The material is uniformly kneaded. As described in detail above, the present invention resides in a dental prosthesis processing block and a method for manufacturing the same. The present inventors have also invented a method for manufacturing dental prostheses such as crowns and inlays using such blocks or other blocks. This will be described below.
(背景技術) (Background technology)
例えば特開平 2— 4 6 8 4 0号公報、 特開 2 0 0 1 — 1 5 7 6 8 6号公報、 特開 2 0 0 2— 1 5 6 4 5 1号公報等に示されるラピッ ドプロ トタイプの造形装置による歯科補綴物製造は、 型を必要とせ ず、 精密な補綴物が得られる点で製造コス ト、 製造時間等を抑える ことができ、 歯科分野に限らず様々な分野で採用されている。 For example, rapid pro- cesses disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2-4 6 840, 2 0 0 1-1 5 7 6 8 6 and 2 0 0 2-1 5 6 4 5 1 etc. The production of dental prostheses using a to-type modeling device does not require a mold, and it can reduce the production cost and production time in that a precise prosthesis can be obtained.It is used not only in the dental field but also in various fields. ing.
ラビッ ドプロ トタイプは、 粉体層に接着剤又は流体層に硬化用光 線をドッ ト出力して 3次元形状を形成する従来の手法に対し、 更に 特開 2 0 0 3 — 5 0 7 1 2 0号公報で示される 3 Dインクジェッ ト プリン夕の様な、 ベース材に着色樹脂を積層させ、 併せて硬化させ ていく ことで造形する手法であり、 詳細なコピー模型が形成される ようになった。 The Rabbit Prototype has a further advantage over the conventional method of forming a three-dimensional shape by dot-outputting an adhesive or fluid layer to the powder layer and forming a three-dimensional shape. This is a technique for modeling by laminating a colored resin on a base material and curing it at the same time as the 3D inkjet printer shown in No. 0 publication. A detailed copy model is now formed. It was.
このような 3次元造形装置は、 3次元造形を行わせる為の、 3次 元 C ADソフ トで、 デ一夕を作成し、 大量のデータに基づいて、 こ れら造形装置を駆動させるものであるが、 ソフ トウエアの取り扱い は、 それなりの技術と時間が必要であり、 取り扱う者の技量が必要 となっている。 Such 3D modeling equipment is a 3D CAD software for performing 3D modeling, which creates data and drives these modeling equipment based on a large amount of data. However, handling software requires a certain amount of skill and time, and the skill of the person handling it is necessary.
他方、 歯科用補綴物は、 前歯の様な人目に触れる部位において常 にバランスのとれた審美が必要となり、 従来の審美補綴物も様々に 提案されているが、 満足のいく審美補綴物は、 未だ提案されていな い。 そこで、 ラピッ ドプロ トタイプの様な着色剤の制御を可能とす る上述した装置も適用できるものであるが、 3 D印刷は、 厚みがあ るため、 光の反射屈折の影響が大きく、 厚みを要素として考慮した 煩雑な審美調整を行う必要が生じ、 隣接歯とのバランスを得るため のソフ トウェアでの調整は、 困難な作業となる。 なお、 このような 分野における従来の技術としては、 上記の特許文献のほか、 例えばOn the other hand, dental prostheses always require balanced aesthetics at the part that touches the eyes like the front teeth, and various conventional esthetic prostheses have been proposed, but satisfactory esthetic prostheses are Not yet proposed. Therefore, the above-mentioned apparatus that enables control of colorants such as rapid prototypes can be applied, but 3D printing is thick. Therefore, the influence of the reflection / refraction of light is large, and it is necessary to perform complicated aesthetic adjustments considering the thickness as an element, and adjustment with software to obtain a balance with adjacent teeth becomes a difficult task. In addition to the above-mentioned patent documents, conventional techniques in such a field include, for example,
、 次のような特許文献 : 特開 2 0 0 7 — 3 1 4 5 3 9号公報、 特開 2 0 0 4— 5 2 0 1 4 2号公報、 特開 2 0 0 7 — 5 2 9 3 4 8号公 報、 国際公開第 1 9 9 8 Z 3 8 3 7 7号公報、 特開 2 0 0 6 — 3 3The following patent documents: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 7-3 1 4 5 3 9, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 4-5 2 0 1 4 2, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 7 5 2 9 3 4 8 Publication, International Publication No. 1 9 9 8 Z 3 8 3 7 7 Publication, JP 2 0 0 6 — 3 3
5 0 1 9号公報を挙げることができる。 No. 5 0 1 9 can be mentioned.
(本 明が解決しょうとする課題) (Issue that this invention is trying to solve)
上述したように着色剤の立体物への塗布は、 特開 2 0 0 2 — 1 5 As described above, the colorant is applied to the three-dimensional object.
6 4 5 1号公報でも示されてはいるが、 ノズルを移動させる駆動系 は、 3 D C A Dソフ トの利用が必要であり、 手間がかかる作業であ るところ、 着色された造形物であるため、 光の反射等状況的要素が 反映されてしまい、 常に満足できる審美が得られるとは限らず、 手 間と時間をかけたとしても、 常に満足のいく ものができるものでは ない。 6 4 5 1 Although it is also shown in Gazette No. 1, the drive system that moves the nozzles requires the use of 3DCAD software, and is a time-consuming work, because it is a colored modeled object. However, the situational factors such as light reflection are reflected, and it is not always possible to obtain satisfactory aesthetics, and even if time and effort are taken, it is not always possible to achieve satisfactory results.
(課題を解決するための手段) (Means for solving problems)
上記に鑑み、 本発明は、 透明又は半透明な未着色の補綴物形状表 面に、 立体物印刷用の平面移動型インクジェッ ト印刷手段により着 色インクを印刷して得られる印刷面を備えた歯科用補綴物の製造方 法を提供する。 この製造方法により、 印刷手段を操作するソフ トが 、 2次元平面ソフ トで足り、 例えば表裏側面の 4面 (前歯の場合は 表裏 2面の場合もある) の画像平面着色データ (少なく とも審美が 必要とされる前面のみであっても良い) をそろえれば、 一つの補綴 物の表面の着色が可能となるのであり、 取り扱いが飛躍的に向上す る。 In view of the above, the present invention is provided with a printing surface obtained by printing colored ink on a transparent or translucent uncolored prosthesis shape surface by a plane moving ink jet printing means for three-dimensional printing. Provide a method for manufacturing dental prostheses. With this manufacturing method, the two-dimensional flat surface software is sufficient for operating the printing means. For example, image plane coloring data for at least four front and back side surfaces (the front teeth may be front and back surfaces) (at least aesthetic) However, it is possible to color the surface of a single prosthesis, which greatly improves handling.
本発明における立体物印刷用の平面移動型インクジエツ ト印刷手 段は、 例えば、 市販されているマテリアルプリン夕 (D i ma t i x (商 標) DMP- 283 1、 富士フィルム社製) 、 D I RECT- J ET (商標) (エイ • アイ · シィ社製) 等と、 所定の回転角度で回転可能な補綴物裁置 部を組み合わせることで構成される態様が示される。 Planar movement type ink jet printing hand for three-dimensional object printing in the present invention For example, commercially available material pudding (Dimatix (trademark) DMP-2831, manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), DI RECT-JET (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Corporation), etc. And the aspect comprised by combining the prosthesis placement part which can be rotated by a predetermined rotation angle is shown.
本発明は、 インクを吐出するノズルを備えたものであれば良く、 印刷面に吐出されたインクがドッ ト状に付着し、 これが連続的に行 われ、 造形、 配色、 模様の形成がされるものを示すものであって、 上記の巿販プリン夕に限るものではない。 The present invention is not limited as long as it has a nozzle for ejecting ink, and the ink ejected on the printing surface adheres in a dot-like manner, and this is continuously performed to form, color, and form a pattern. It is intended to indicate things, and is not limited to the above-mentioned general sales pudding.
なお、 最終的に被覆される表面層を通した色調を表現するため、 コンピュータの画面上で被覆後の色が変化した色見本を形成するか 、 或いは、 標準色と重ね合わせて、 決定された標準色が合った場合 は、 この標準色から、 表面層パラメ一夕を減じた値に変換する必要 がある場合がある。 すなわち、 隣在歯と、 V i t aカラー等の標準 歯色を比較する。 標準歯色色調データから、 表面層パラメ一夕を減 じる。 減じた色調データから、 印刷用カラーを決定する。 In addition, in order to express the color tone through the surface layer to be finally coated, it was determined by forming a color sample with the color after coating changed on the computer screen or by superimposing it with the standard color. If the standard color matches, it may be necessary to convert this standard color to a value obtained by subtracting the surface layer parameters. That is, the adjacent tooth and the standard tooth color such as Vita color are compared. Subtract surface layer parameters from standard tooth color data. The print color is determined from the reduced tone data.
他方、 予め、 表面層を介した色調見本を作製し、 当該色調見本と 隣接歯とを比較する。 近似的な色調見本を決定し、 コンピュータ上 でその見本値に従った仮想的配色をする。 On the other hand, a color sample through the surface layer is prepared in advance, and the color sample is compared with the adjacent tooth. An approximate color sample is determined, and a virtual color arrangement according to the sample value is performed on the computer.
決定された色調見本のデータをコンピュータに入力して、 画面上 に表示する。 更にインクを決定するという工程を付加することが好 ましく、 例えば、 実測した C M Y K値、 L * 、 a * 、 b * 値に表面 層値、 定数、 を加減乗除のような演算によって決定しても良い。 . 本発明における透明又は半透明な未着色の補綴物形状表面は、 セ ラミックス、 硬質レジン (ハイブリッ ドレジン等も含む) 、 レジン 、 ガラス、 金属等で、 それらのシランカップリング処理等を含む、 表面処理があって良い、 透明半透明状の未着色補綴物であり、 未着 色補綴物は、 形状が調整されたクラウン、 好ましくは前歯用のもの が示される。 The determined color sample data is input to the computer and displayed on the screen. Furthermore, it is preferable to add a process of determining ink. For example, the surface layer value, constant, and the measured CMYK value, L *, a *, b * value are determined by calculation such as addition / subtraction / multiplication / division. Also good. The transparent or translucent uncolored prosthesis-shaped surface in the present invention is made of ceramics, hard resin (including hybrid resin, etc.), resin, glass, metal, etc., including silane coupling treatment thereof, etc. A transparent, translucent, uncolored prosthesis that may have a surface treatment, the uncolored prosthesis is a crown with an adjusted shape, preferably for anterior teeth Is shown.
セラミ ックスの場合、 Si02、 Ti02、 Zr02、 長石等で、 非晶質成分 や焼成後の粒界を介した粒子径を制御した透明又は半透明なセラミ ックス材が例示される。 For ceramic box, Si0 2, Ti0 2, Zr0 2, in feldspar, transparent or translucent ceramic box member to control the particle diameter through the grain boundary after the amorphous component or baking is exemplified.
硬質レジンの場合、 ハイブリ ッ ドセラミ ックスレジン、 M F Rハ イブリ ツ ドレジンで、 フイ ラ一として、 Si02、 Ti02、 Zr02、 長石等 Ti02- Si02、 A 1203 - Si02、 S i02 -Ba0-B203 -A 1 203 S i02- BaO-B2 03-A 1203 -F, S i02-SrO- B203 - A 1 203、 S i02 - BaO- SrO- B203 - A 1 20 3- F、 S i02- BaO- Sr0-B203 -A 1 203等のガラスセラミ ックス等、 樹脂 成分として、 トリエチレングリ コールジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ジウレ夕 ンジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ウレタン ト リ メ夕ク リ レー ト、 ウレ夕ンテト ラメタク リ レート、 ポリエチレングリ コールジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 1 , 6 —へキサンジオールジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 トリメチロールプロパ ン トリ メタク り レー ト、 ベンジルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 2—ヒ ドロキシ ェチルメタク リ レート、 2 —ヒ ドロキシプロピルメタク リ レー ト、 ジメチルアミノエチルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ジェチルアミ ノエチルメダ ク リエー ト、 グリシジルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 テトラヒ ドロフルフリル メタク リ レー ト、 エチレングリ コールジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 1 , 3 — プチレングリコールジメ夕ク リ レー ト、 メチルメタク リ レー ト、 ェ チルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 n—プチルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 i _ブチルメタ ク リ レー ト、 t 一ブチルメタク リ レー ト、 2—ェチルへキシルメタ ク リ レー ト、 シクロへキシルメ夕ク リ レー ト、 ジエチレングリコ一 ルジメタク リ レー ト、 2, 2-ビス [4- (メタク リ ロキシエ トキシ)フエ ニル〗プロパン、 2, 2-ビス [4- (メタク リ 口キシジエ トキシ)フエニル ]プロパン、 2, 2-ビス [4- (メタク リ ロキシポリエトキシ)フエニル] プロパン等の重合成分) 等、 その他、 光増感剤、 熱増感剤としては 、 カンファーキノ ン、 ベンジルジァセチル、 ベンジルジメチルケ夕 ール、 ベンジルジェチルケタール、 ベンジルジ ( 2 —メ トキシェチ ル) ケ夕一ル、 4, 4 ' ージメチルベンジルージメチルケ夕一ル、 アン トラキノ ン、 1 —クロ口アントラキノ ン、 2 _クロ口アン トラ キノ ン、 1, 2 —ベンズアントラキノ ン、 1 —ヒ ドロキシアン トラ キノ ン、 1 —メチルアン トラキノン、 2 —ェチルアン トラキノ ン、 1 一ブロモアン トラキノン、 チォキサントン、 2 —イソプロピルチ ォキサントン、 2 —二 トロチォキサン トン、 2 —メチルチオキサン トン、 2, 4 一ジメチルチオキサン トン、 2, 4 一ジェチルチオキ サン トン、 2, 4 —ジイソプロピルチオキサン トン、 2 _クロ口— 7 — ト リ フルォロメチルチオキサン トン、 チォキサン トン一 1 0, 1 0 —ジォキシド、 チォキサントン一 1 0 —オキサイ ド、 ベンゾィ ンメチルェ一テル、 ベンゾインェチルエーテル、 イソプロピルエー テル、 ベンゾイ ンイソブチルエーテル、 ベンゾフエノ ン、 ビス ( 4 —ジメチルァミ ノフエニル) ケ トン、 4 , 4 ' —ビスジェチルアミ ノベンゾフエノ ン、 ァシルフォスフィ ンオキサイ ドの誘導体、 アジ ド基を含む化合物等が例示でき、 これらは、 単独もしく は混合して も使用できる。 還元剤としては、 第 3級ァミ ンが一般に使用される 。 第 3級ァミ ンとしては、 N, N—ジメチル _ p— トルイジン、 N , N—ジメチルアミノエチルメタク リ レー ト、 ト リエタノールアミ ン、 4 _ジメチルァミ ノ安息香酸メチル、 4 ージメチルァミノ安息 香酸ェチル、 4 一ジメチルアミノ安息香酸ィソアミルが例示できる 。 また、 他の還元剤として、 ベンゾィルパーオキサイ ド、 ァゾビス イソプチロニ ト リル、 スルフィ ン酸ソーダ誘導体、 有機金属化合物 等を用いたもので、 未加工品ブロックが提供される。 フイ ラ一とし て 2成分系以上のガラスセラミ ックスや、 樹脂成分として 2成分系以 上の共重合体により、 それら個々の成分の配合比で屈折率を簡易に 調整できるため、 透明度が制御できる。 計測物から色情報の入手 For hard resin, hybrid Doserami Kkusurejin, with MFR c Ivry Tsu Dorejin, as Huy La one, Si0 2, Ti0 2, Zr0 2, feldspar Ti0 2 - Si0 2, A 1 2 0 3 - Si0 2, S i0 2 -Ba0-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 S i0 2 -BaO-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 -F, S i0 2 -SrO- B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 , As a resin component, such as glass ceramics such as S i0 2 -BaO- SrO- B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 -F, S i0 2 -BaO- Sr0-B 2 0 3 -A 1 2 0 3 Triethylene glycolate emulsion rate, Diurete crepe rate rate, Urethane trim rate rate, Uretantate rate rate, Polyethylene glycol dip rate rate, 1, 6 Xanthdiol Dimethylate, Trimethylol Propanemethacrylate, Benzylmethacrylate, 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2—Hydro Xylpropyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, cetylaminoethyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethyl methacrylate, 1, 3 — Butylene glycol dimethylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, i_butyl methacrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, 2— Ethylhexyl methacrylate, Cyclohexyl methacrylate, Diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 2, 2-bis [4- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl〗 propane, 2, 2-bis [4 -(Methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 2, 2-bis [4- (methacryloxypolyethoxy) Polymerization component) such as phenyl] propane, other photosensitizer, as the heat sensitizer, Kanfakino down, dibenzyl § cetyl, benzyl dimethyl Ke evening , Benzyljetyl ketal, benzyldi (2—methoxychel), 4,4′-dimethylbenzyl-dimethylketyl, anthraquinone, 1—black anthraquinone, 2_black mouth Anthraquinone, 1,2—Benzanthraquinone, 1—Hydroxylanthraquinone, 1—Methylanthraquinone, 2—Ethylanthraquinone, 1 Monobromoanthraquinone, Thioxanthone, 2—Isopropylthixanthone, 2—Ditrothioxane T, 2 —methylthioxanthone, 2,4 monodimethylthioxanthone, 2,4 monojetylthioxanthone, 2,4 —diisopropylthioxanthone, 2_black mouth—7—trifluoromethylthioxanthone, Thixanthone 1 0, 1 0 — Dioxide, Thixanthone 1 0 0 — Oxide , Benzomethyl ether, benzoin ether, isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzophenone, bis (4-dimethylaminophenol) ketone, 4,4'-bisjetylaminobenzophenone, derivatives of acylphosphine oxide, azide Examples thereof include compounds containing a group, and these can be used alone or in combination. As the reducing agent, tertiary amine is generally used. Tertiary amines include N, N-dimethyl_p-toluidine, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, triethanolamine, 4-dimethylmethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples thereof include ethyl acid and isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate. Further, as other reducing agents, benzoyl peroxide, azobisisoptyronitrile, sodium sulfinate derivatives, organometallic compounds, etc. are used, and an unprocessed product block is provided. Transparency can be controlled because the refractive index can be easily adjusted by the blending ratio of these individual components by using glass ceramics with two or more components as a filler and copolymers with two or more components as resin components. . Obtaining color information from the measurement object
図 1 6で示す口腔内の支台歯 S H及び隣接歯 R H 1, RH 2の撮 影は、 適当な照明下において、 なされることが好ましく、 例えば、 リ ングス トロボ、 ボックス型ス トロボ、 冷陰極管やハロゲンランプ 、 L E D, 有機 E L等のパネルライ トが例示される。 The imaging of the abutment tooth SH and the adjacent teeth RH 1 and RH 2 in the oral cavity shown in FIG. 16 is preferably performed under appropriate lighting. For example, a ring strobe, a box strobe, a cold cathode Examples include panel lights such as tubes, halogen lamps, LEDs, and organic EL.
本発明で用いるシェードガイ ドは、 例えば、 歯科用測色計シェ一 ドアイ N C C や歯科用色標識 N C C シェードガイ ド、 VITA c lassicalシェ一ドガイ ド、 VITA 3D MASTERが示される。 The shade guide used in the present invention includes, for example, a dental colorimeter shade eye N CC, a dental color marker N CC shade guide, a VITA glassical shade guide, and a VITA 3D MASTER.
本発明での隣在歯からの色情報の入手は、 例えば、 デジタルカメ ラ撮影デ一夕から、 R G B値、 C MYK値を分析して、 この分析値 に従って、 歯色を決定する方法や、 隣接歯の一点乃至数点をとつて 、 その他は、 補完することで、 歯色を決定する方法、 等が例示され る。 The acquisition of color information from neighboring teeth in the present invention includes, for example, a method of analyzing RGB values and C MYK values from a digital camera photographing overnight, and determining a tooth color according to the analysis values, The method of determining the tooth color by complementing the other one or several points of the adjacent teeth is exemplified.
天然歯に白色光をあて、 その反射光を分析する分光測色タイプや あらかじめ分光した単色光を天然歯にあて、 その反射光を分析する タイプの測色計を利用し、 RGB値、 C MYK値を分析して、 この分 析値に従って、 歯色を決定する方法、 その歯全体の複数色のシエー ドマッピングに基づき、 印刷データを生起してもよい。 測色後、 作 成するデザィンの応用として、 歯の写真の画像デ一夕を歯の測色デ —夕で補正し、 加工する方法、 あらかじめ作成したテクスチャーデ ザインを盛り込む方法等、 天然歯様のデザインで印刷する。 Using a colorimetric type that applies white light to a natural tooth and analyzes the reflected light, or a colorimeter that analyzes the reflected light by applying a monochromatic light that has been pre-spectrized to the natural tooth, RGB value, C MYK The print data may be generated based on the method of analyzing the value and determining the tooth color according to the analyzed value, and the multiple color shade mapping of the entire tooth. After the color measurement, the design of the tooth to be created includes natural tooth-like images such as a method of correcting and processing a tooth photo image with the color measurement of the tooth — processing in the evening, and incorporating a texture design created in advance. Print with the design.
計測物から輪郭情報の入手 Obtaining contour information from the measurement object
計測物は、 隣接歯と支台歯及び対合歯形状から、 マージンライン 、 最大豊隆部、 咬合面等の形状を得て、 その他の部位を補完するこ とで、 仮想的な補綴物形状を得て、 ここから輪郭データを得る方法 や、 隣接歯、 支台歯から得た凹模型に、 凸模型を形成し、 この凸模 型の表面を計測して輪郭情報を得る方法、 等が例示される。 本発明で用いられる油性インク The object to be measured is obtained from the shape of the adjacent teeth, abutment teeth, and counter teeth, such as the margin line, maximum ridge, and occlusal surface. Examples of methods for obtaining contour data from this method, methods for forming convex models on concave models obtained from adjacent teeth and abutment teeth, and measuring contour surfaces of the convex models to obtain contour information, etc. Is done. Oil-based ink used in the present invention
本発明は、 ハイブリッ ドレジン、 その他の歯科補綴物用の樹脂、 セラミックス表面に印刷を施し、 剥がれにく く且つ審美性が得られ るものとして、 油性インクが好適に利用される。 UVインクジェッ ト プリン夕での手法もあるが、 そのインクは、 粘度の高い重合性素材 を主成分とし、 またインク自体、 揮発するような体積収縮がないた め、 凹凸感が生じ、 印刷筋の発生や光沢の減少といった問題が生じ るため、 審美的に好ましくない。 一方、 溶剤系インクの場合、 エタ ノールのような揮発成分の粘度の低い溶剤が大半を成分として占め ており、 粘性が低いためドッ トが広がり、 かつ溶剤が揮発するため 色材濃度の高いインクをできるだけ薄く、 凹凸感を軽減して基材に 印刷できるため、 審美的な描画が得られる。 インクにフィ ラーを混 入することも可能で、 インク調製時、 低いフィ ラー濃度でも、 印刷 後、 溶剤が揮発するため、 フィ ラー濃度が高くなり、 耐摩耗性を向 上させることができる。 In the present invention, oil-based ink is suitably used as a hybrid resin, other resin for dental prosthesis, and printing on the ceramic surface, which is difficult to peel off and provides aesthetics. There is also a UV ink jet printing method, but the ink is mainly composed of a high-viscosity polymerizable material, and the ink itself has no volume shrinkage that volatilizes, resulting in unevenness and print streaking. This is not aesthetically pleasing because of problems such as generation and loss of gloss. On the other hand, in the case of solvent-based inks, solvents with low viscosity of volatile components such as ethanol occupy most of the components, and because the viscosity is low, the dot spreads and the solvent volatilizes, so ink with high colorant concentration Can be printed on the base material with as little as possible and reduced unevenness, resulting in aesthetic drawing. Fillers can be mixed into the ink, and the solvent concentration evaporates after printing even at low filler concentrations during ink preparation, increasing the filler concentration and improving wear resistance.
油性インクの成分としては、 例えば色材 : 油性染料 (スダン π、 キニザリングリーン S S、 オレンジ S S、 スダンブル一 B、 オレン ジレッ ド X〇、 キノ リンイエロ一 S S、 C 1. 5 B K _ 3、 C I . 5 B K— 7、 C 1. 5 B K— 4 9 ) 1〜 5 %、 油性顔料 (縮合ァゾ 系、 Pigment Yellow 74, 93, 128、 マゼンダキナクリ ドン系 Pigm ent Red 122、 19、 Pigment blue 15:3, 15:4、 Pigment black 7、 を 1〜 1 0 %の範囲が示され、 好ましくは、 口腔内で用いられ るインクであることから、 酸化鉄 (赤 , 黄) 、 酸化チタン (白) 、 疎水化処理した酸化鉄又は酸化チタン、 溶剤としては、 MMAなど の揮発性モノマ一、 ME K又はアルコール系、 又はアルコール/ァ セトン系 8 0〜 9 5 %、 天然樹脂 (ロジン、 セラック) 、 合成樹脂 (アクリル樹脂、 ビニル樹脂) 、 その他の樹脂成分として油性ヮニ ス、 乾性油形アルキド樹脂、 湿気硬化型ウレタン、 メラミン樹脂、 アクリル · メラミン樹脂、 ポリエステル · メラミン樹脂、 ラテック ス 1 〜 5 %、 その他伝導度調整剤 0〜 2 %、 分散剤 0〜 1 0 %、 開 始剤カンファーキノン、 D M A E M A、 蛍光剤 L U M I L U X、 分 散剤 (ソルビ夕ン脂肪酸エステル、 レシチンなど) が例示される。 The components of oil-based inks include, for example, colorants: oil-based dyes (Sudan π, Kinizarin Green SS, Orange SS, Sudumble I B, Oren Giraud X〇, Kino Rin Yellow SS, C 1.5 BK_3, CI. 5 BK—7, C 1.5 BK— 4 9) 1 to 5%, oil-based pigment (condensed azo type, Pigment Yellow 74, 93, 128, magenta quinacridone type Pigment red 122, 19, Pigment blue 15 : 3, 15: 4, Pigment black 7, in the range of 1 to 10%, preferably because it is an ink used in the mouth, iron oxide (red, yellow), titanium oxide (white ) Hydrophobized iron oxide or titanium oxide, Solvents include volatile monomers such as MMA, ME K or alcohols, or alcohol / acetone 80 to 95% natural resin (rosin, shellac) , Synthetic resin (acrylic resin, vinyl resin), oil as other resin components Sexual habit , Dry oil alkyd resin, moisture curable urethane, melamine resin, acrylic melamine resin, polyester melamine resin, latex 1-5%, other conductivity modifier 0-2%, dispersing agent 0-10% Examples include the initiator camphorquinone, DMAEMA, fluorescent agent LUMILUX, and dispersing agents (sorby fatty acid ester, lecithin, etc.).
この油性インクの製造方法としては、 色材として顔料を使用した 場合、 溶媒に分散した顔料の平均粒子径が 0. 1〜0. 4 mであること がィンクジェッ トノズルと描画のドッ ト数、 顔料の分散安定性との 関係から、 好ましい。 そのため、 必要であるなら粉砕や合成法で微 粒子化を行い、 例えば分散工程としてビーズミルで調製する、 また 超音波で調製する方法が示される。 また、 色材として染料を使用す る場合、 溶媒に染料を自転公転撹拌機やプラネ夕リーミキサーなど の撹拌機で溶解させてインクを調製する。 As a method for producing this oil-based ink, when a pigment is used as a coloring material, the average particle size of the pigment dispersed in the solvent is 0.1 to 0.4 m. It is preferable from the relationship with the dispersion stability. Therefore, if necessary, a method of pulverizing by a pulverization or synthesis method, for example, preparing by a bead mill as a dispersion process, or a method of preparing by an ultrasonic wave is shown. In addition, when using a dye as a coloring material, an ink is prepared by dissolving the dye in a solvent with a stirrer such as a rotation revolving stirrer or a planetary mixer.
本発明のインク組成は、 溶剤が揮発することで、 定着樹脂や反応 基材の濃度が高くなることで、 被膜を形成する。 被膜強度を向上さ せるために、 顔料を含む定着樹脂や反応基材が印刷面に共有結合で 結合する、 セラミックスのフイ ラ一を混入することが好ましい。 レ ジンであれば、 印刷面の残存している二重結合と二重結合をもった 定着樹脂や反応基材とで重合し、 結合させる。 また、 あらかじめ印 刷面にアミノ基ゃ水酸基等を導入しておき、 イソシァネート基、 ェ ポキシド基等を持った定着樹脂や反応基材と印刷後に反応させても 良い。 また、 セラミックスが印刷面の場合でも、 表面処理を利用し 、 同様の結合形態を形成でき、 また焼成させて顔料周囲と結合させ てもよい。 The ink composition of the present invention forms a film by increasing the concentration of the fixing resin and the reaction base material by volatilizing the solvent. In order to improve the film strength, it is preferable to incorporate a ceramic filler in which the fixing resin containing the pigment and the reaction base material are covalently bonded to the printing surface. In the case of a resin, it is polymerized and bonded with a fixing resin or reaction substrate having double bonds remaining on the printing surface and double bonds. Alternatively, an amino group or a hydroxyl group may be introduced into the printing surface in advance and reacted with a fixing resin or reaction substrate having an isocyanate group or an epoxide group after printing. Further, even when the ceramic is a printing surface, a similar bonding form can be formed by using a surface treatment, and it may be baked and bonded to the periphery of the pigment.
さらに、 印刷した表面を、 保護のため、 コーティ ング剤で被覆す ることが好ましい。 これらの手段により耐溶剤性、 耐水性、 耐摩耗 性等が向上し、 また、 インクの色材の流出を防止でき、 さらに、 咬 合ゃブラッシングのような機械的な負荷、 酸性 · 高湿度といった過 酷な口腔内環境に耐えうることができる。 Furthermore, it is preferable to coat the printed surface with a coating agent for protection. These means improve solvent resistance, water resistance, wear resistance, etc., and can prevent the ink coloring material from flowing out. It can withstand mechanical loads such as brushing and harsh oral environments such as acidity and high humidity.
本発明における 「定着樹脂成分に高分子化を引き起こす反応性の 官能基を有する成分」 には、 イソシァネート基を 2つ以上もちハー ドセグメントを有するウレタン樹脂、 例えば、 T E— 2 0 0 0 (商 標) (日本曹達社製) で示されるポリメチルメタクリ レートといつ たメチルメタクリ レートの熱可塑性のセグメントがブロック又はグ ラフ ト重合体として存在するメタクリ レート基を 2つ以上もつモノ マ一等が例示される。 In the present invention, the “component having a reactive functional group that causes polymerization to occur in the fixing resin component” includes a urethane resin having two or more isocyanate groups and a hard segment, such as TE-2200 (quotient). Standard) (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) and when there is a monomer having two or more methacrylate groups in which the thermoplastic segment of methyl methacrylate is present as a block or graph polymer. Illustrated.
表面層の形成 Formation of surface layer
本発明は、 印刷後、 更に透明な表面層を形成する。 当該表面層は 、 最終的に紫外線、 可視光、 熱等により硬化させて、 印刷面の剥が れを防止し、 油性インク印刷が持つ審美のより向上を図る。 The present invention forms a further transparent surface layer after printing. The surface layer is finally cured by ultraviolet rays, visible light, heat, or the like to prevent peeling of the printed surface and to improve the aesthetics of oil-based ink printing.
表面層は、 印刷後、 更に上述した成分を含むインクによる全面印 刷をするか、 上述した成分を含む溶液に浸漬 (デイツビング) して 、 乾燥させるか、 スプレーコーティング、 塗布して被覆する。 After the printing, the surface layer is further printed with an ink containing the above-described components, or dipped in a solution containing the above-described components, dried, spray-coated, applied, and coated.
最終的に光硬化、 熱硬化処理が施され、 印刷面が歯牙表面に固定 される。 Finally, photocuring and thermosetting are performed, and the printed surface is fixed to the tooth surface.
また.、 表面層は、 審美にも影響を与え、 切削痕等の粗い表面につ いて光沢をもたらす他、 奥行きや印刷境界層のぼかし、 光の反射具 合等の色彩的な緩衝性を与える場合があり、 本発明は、 この表面層 を好適に使用する。 In addition, the surface layer affects aesthetics and gives gloss to rough surfaces such as cutting marks, and also provides color buffering such as depth and blurring of the printing boundary layer, and light reflection. In some cases, the surface layer is preferably used in the present invention.
表面層は、 咬合ゃブラッシング等に対しての耐摩耗性を向上させ るため、 ガラスセラミックス等のフィ ラーを含むのが好ましい。 そ の場合、 フィ ラーと重合物の屈折率をあわせるが、 完全な透明とな ることが難しい。 そのため、 表面層の厚みによりシエイ ドが変化す る可能性があり、 均一で再現性のある表面層の厚み制御が必要とな る。 そして、 塗布の方法として、 浸漬よりイ ンクジェッ ト印刷の方 が好ましい。 この時、 イ ンク組成としても、 均一塗布を可能とする ため重要で、 フイ ラ一の形状やサイズ、 また、 表面層は、 印刷表面 及び印刷対象の補綴物と化学結合することが好ましい。 フイ ラ一の 分散を安定させるために、 分散剤を使用しても良い。 The surface layer preferably contains a filler such as glass ceramics in order to improve wear resistance against occlusion and brushing. In that case, the refractive index of the filler and the polymer are matched, but it is difficult to achieve complete transparency. Therefore, the shade may change depending on the thickness of the surface layer, and it is necessary to control the thickness of the surface layer with uniformity and reproducibility. The As a coating method, inkjet printing is preferable to immersion. At this time, the ink composition is also important for enabling uniform application, and the shape and size of the filler and the surface layer are preferably chemically bonded to the printing surface and the prosthesis to be printed. A dispersing agent may be used to stabilize the dispersion of the filler.
下記の表 Aは、 表面層の組成の一例を示したものである。 Table A below shows an example of the composition of the surface layer.
表 A Table A
(発明の効果) (The invention's effect)
本発明は、 立体物印刷用の平面移動型イ ンクジェッ ト印刷手段に よる加工補綴物表面を平面データに基づいて印刷することで、 審美 の調整が容易でしかも、 2次元デ一夕を利用することができること から、 手軽な審美補綴物が製造可能となる。 According to the present invention, the surface of the processed prosthesis by the plane moving type inkjet printing means for printing a three-dimensional object is printed based on the plane data. Since it is easy to make adjustments and 2D data can be used, a simple esthetic prosthesis can be manufactured.
特に前歯のような、 平面に近い球面である歯表面への着色におい て、 立体物印刷用の 2次元プリン夕は、 違和感なく、 様々な色調整 が可能な着色で、 数; u mから数十/ m径の細かいドッ ト状であり、 ピ コリ ツ トルオーダーでの吐出であるため、 液だれといった影響が受 けにく く、 曲面であっても、 様々に変化する審美的に優れた着色を 行うことができ、 表面層を形成することで、 立体物の形状に沿った 立体感のある天然歯に近い色合い見栄え、 奥行きが実現できる場合 がある。 Especially for coloring the tooth surface that is a spherical surface close to a flat surface, such as the front teeth, 2D printing for 3D object printing is a color that allows various color adjustments without a sense of incompatibility. / A small dot shape with a diameter of m and discharge in picolitor order, so it is not easily affected by dripping, and even on curved surfaces, it has excellent aesthetic coloring. By forming a surface layer, it may be possible to achieve a color appearance and depth close to a natural tooth with a three-dimensional appearance along the shape of the three-dimensional object.
油性インクの場合、 水性等に比べ、 薄く塗ることができ、 又、 浸 透性を考慮せずとも重ね塗り等による色の検証、 パソコンモニター での色の比較にも適している。 Oil-based inks can be applied thinner than water-based inks, and are also suitable for color verification by repeated coating, etc. without considering permeability, and for color comparison on a PC monitor.
水性インクを使用する場合、 それをバインダー層等に浸透させ、 印刷する原理であるが、 印刷対象のレジンやセラミックスは、 非浸 透性の素材であるため、 バインダー層を形成させなければならない 。 よって水性インクは、 油性インクと比べ、 一工程増えるうえ、 患 者により補綴物の形状が異なるため、 補綴物の成形後にバインダー 層を形成する小口ッ 卜での加工となり、 生産性が劣る。 When water-based ink is used, it is the principle of printing by penetrating it into a binder layer or the like, but since the resin or ceramic to be printed is a non-permeable material, a binder layer must be formed. Therefore, the water-based ink has one step more than the oil-based ink, and the shape of the prosthesis varies depending on the patient. Therefore, the water-based ink is processed at a small edge that forms a binder layer after the prosthesis is molded, resulting in poor productivity.
(発明を実施するための形態) (Mode for carrying out the invention)
本発明は、 汎用のソフ トウェアにより 2次元着色用デ一夕を作製 し、 当該 2次元着色用データを印刷する場合 D I RECT-JET (商標) ( エイ · アイ · シィ社製) 等の立体物印刷用の平面移動型インクジェ ッ ト印刷手段により、 載置部の未塗装補綴物を塗装、 着色すること で、 審美に優れた歯科補綴物を製造可能とする。 The present invention is a method for producing a two-dimensional coloring device using general-purpose software and printing the data for two-dimensional coloring, such as DI RECT-JET (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Co., Ltd.). By painting and coloring the unpainted prosthesis on the mounting part using the plane-moving inkjet printing means for printing, it is possible to manufacture a dental prosthesis with excellent aesthetics.
油性インク下地が白色となるように印刷し、 更に、 目的の歯色を 印刷する。 印刷は、 前歯前面の場合は、 二層以上で形成されること が好ましく、 裏面は、 一層以上で足りる場合もある。 Print so that the base of the oil-based ink is white, and then print the desired tooth color. Printing should be made of two or more layers in front of the front teeth It is preferable that the back side may be one or more layers.
印刷後、 透明な樹脂による被覆を行って表面層を形成し、 これを 光、 熱による重合硬化させることで、 印刷面が保護され剥離がなく After printing, a surface layer is formed by coating with a transparent resin, and this is polymerized and cured by light and heat to protect the printed surface and prevent peeling.
、 強度を備えた補綴物が得られる。 A prosthesis with strength is obtained.
また、 汎用ソフ トウェアを用いることから、 コンピュータの処理 時間が少ないため、 何回でも配色が調整できる。 In addition, since general-purpose software is used, the computer's processing time is small, so the color scheme can be adjusted any number of times.
色情報の入力は、 汎用のソフ トウェアを用いて実施する。 汎用ソ フ トウェアは、 少なく とも、 色情報が入力でき。 この色情報に基づ いた仮想配色が出力できるものであれば良く、 場合によっては専用 に作製されたソフ トウエアであってもよい。 Color information is input using general-purpose software. General-purpose software can input color information at least. Any software that can output a virtual color scheme based on this color information may be used, and in some cases, a dedicated software may be used.
色情報は、 R G B、 C M Y K値に代表される原色数値、 及びこの 数値に対応する色データ、 シェード番号及びシェード番号に対応す る色デ一夕、 その他、 色データごとに付された符号の組み合わせ、 パソコンのモニタ一画面上での比較データから得られた比較値等に 対応する色デ一夕等を示す。 Color information includes primary color values represented by RGB and CMYK values, color data corresponding to these values, shade numbers and color data corresponding to shade numbers, and other combinations of codes assigned to each color data. The color data corresponding to the comparison value obtained from the comparison data on the PC monitor screen is shown.
このような着色工程を含め、 その前段階の未塗装補綴物の切削ェ 程から一連した工程について、 産業用ロボッ トを使ってオートメ一 シヨン化すると好適である。 Including such a coloring process, it is preferable to automatize the series of processes from the previous uncut prosthetic cutting process using an industrial robot.
また、 色情報は、 補綴部位に隣接する隣接歯をモニターして隣接 歯色デ一夕を決定してもよく、 計測データに基づいて補綴物表面の 配色をしていく ことが好ましい。 ここで、 モニタ一の方法は、 デジ タルカメラ、 ビデオ、 比色計のような測色装置を利用し、 隣接歯の 色データを決定する。 In addition, the color information may be determined by monitoring adjacent teeth adjacent to the prosthetic site, and it is preferable to color the surface of the prosthesis based on the measurement data. Here, the monitor's method uses a color measuring device such as a digital camera, video, and colorimeter to determine the color data of adjacent teeth.
この色デ一夕をパソコン上にとり こんで、 予め記録されたデータ ベースと比較し、 近似、 一致、 予測的一致した色デ一夕について、 当該色データを塗装するための、 インクの比率が調整され印刷用ィ ンクデ一夕が形成される。 他方、 補綴物の輪郭データを、 補綴物のマージンラインを決定す る支台歯形状計測データ、 補綴物の最大豊隆部データを決定する隣 接歯形状、 歯高値、 歯幅値等を咬合面データから決定するワックス アップレス手法で、 計測しデジタルデータ化する場合や、 予め補綴 物の模型を形成してその表面を計測してデジタルデ一夕化すること で、 得る。 This color data is loaded on a personal computer and compared with a pre-recorded database. The ratio of ink used to paint the color data that has been approximated, matched, or predicted matched is adjusted. The printing ink overnight is formed. On the other hand, the contour data of the prosthesis, the abutment tooth measurement data that determines the margin line of the prosthesis, the adjacent tooth shape that determines the maximum ridge data of the prosthesis, the tooth height value, the tooth width value, etc. It can be obtained by measuring with the wax upless method determined from the data and converting it to digital data, or by forming a model of the prosthesis in advance and measuring the surface to make it digital.
当該輪郭データをモニター上に表示し、 配色する。 モニタ一上で の表示は、 3次元デ一夕として表示される場合もあるが、 本発明で は、 平面デ一夕で表示しても足りる。 The contour data is displayed on the monitor and colored. In some cases, the display on the monitor is displayed as 3D data, but in the present invention, it is sufficient to display the data on a flat screen.
平面データとして表示した輪郭データに、 測色デ一夕、 目視で決 定された色情報に基づいて配色する。 輪郭データに配色が完了した 後、 必要に応じ、 補綴物の裏面、 左右側面の輪郭データをモニター 上に表示し配色する。 Color is arranged on the contour data displayed as plane data based on the color information determined by visual inspection. After the color scheme is completed for the contour data, the contour data for the back and left and right side surfaces of the prosthesis is displayed on the monitor and colored as necessary.
なお、 配色値は、 個々の色情報又は、 最終値において、 表面層を 通した値になるよう調整される。 すなわち、 表面層は、 透明である ことが好ましいが、 半透明が選択される場合もあり、 更に、 透明で あっても、 厚みによる照明光に対する反射屈折量により、 見映えが 相違するからであり、 測色した色調との比較は、 表面層値を考慮し た状態で決定される。 The color values are adjusted so that each color information or final value is a value that passes through the surface layer. That is, the surface layer is preferably transparent, but translucent may be selected, and even if it is transparent, the appearance differs depending on the amount of catadioptric refraction with respect to the illumination light depending on the thickness. The comparison with the measured color tone is determined in consideration of the surface layer value.
本発明では、 前歯を主として配色することから、 補綴物の前面に 着色を施すことが主となり、 その他の面は、 既成の歯色で塗色して もよく、 ブロックがそのような配色を既に備えている場合は、 配色 しない場合もある。 In the present invention, since the front teeth are mainly colored, the front surface of the prosthesis is mainly colored, and the other surfaces may be painted with the existing tooth color, and the block already has such a color scheme. If so, it may not color.
未塗装補綴物は、 透明又は半透明材料により形成されたセラミツ クス、 ハイブリッ ドレジン等で構成されたブロックを切削、 研削す るなどして加工したものである。 The unpainted prosthesis is processed by cutting or grinding a block made of ceramics, hybrid resin, etc., made of a transparent or translucent material.
製法例としては、 例えば特開 2 0 0 8 — 1 5 9 5 7 3号公報に示 された手法が好適に用いられる 実施例 An example of the production method is shown in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 8 — 1 5 9 5 7 3. Examples in which the proposed method is preferably used
本発明をその実施例及び実験例を参照してさらに詳しく説明する 。 なお、 本発明は、 下記の実施例及び実験例に限定されるものでは ない。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples and experimental examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples and experimental examples.
実施例 1 Example 1
本例では、 図 1及び図 2に示す縦型の铸型を使用して歯科補綴物 加工用ブロックを製造する。 In this example, the vertical prosthesis shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block.
本例を実施するに当たり、 铸型を用意する。 本例で用意した铸型 1 1 は、 図 1 ( a ) に示すように、 リブ 1 0 (図中矢印で示される ように、 铸型 1 1 に挿入される) の接続部 1 0 1が挿入貫通する、 下部のリブ貫通孔 1 1 じ と、 中央部のブロック形成部 l i bと、 上 部の開口部 1 1 aとを有している。 ブロック形成部 l i bは、 プロ ックの外形を規定するものであり、 したがって、 铸型 1 1の内面形 状は、 ブロックの外面形状に対応している。 開口部 1 1 aは、 複合 樹脂材を注入し、 光重合のために可視光等を複合樹脂材に照射する ために用いられる開口部である。 図示の例では、 開口部 1 1 aがブ ロック形成部 1 l bの口径よりも大きく形成され、 铸型 1 1 を更に 数段重ねて、 複数の铸型 1 1 を同時に使用できるような構成として も良いようになつている。 To implement this example, prepare a saddle type. As shown in FIG. 1 (a), the saddle mold 1 1 prepared in this example has a connecting part 1 0 1 of the rib 10 (inserted into the saddle 1 1 as indicated by an arrow in the figure). It has a lower rib through-hole 1 1, a central block forming portion lib, and an upper opening 1 1 a, through which insertion is made. The block forming portion l i b defines the outer shape of the block. Therefore, the inner surface shape of the saddle type 11 corresponds to the outer surface shape of the block. The opening 11 a is an opening used to inject the composite resin material and irradiate the composite resin material with visible light or the like for photopolymerization. In the example shown in the figure, the opening 1 1 a is formed larger than the diameter of the block forming portion 1 lb, and a plurality of saddles 1 1 are stacked to allow simultaneous use of a plurality of saddles 1 1. Is getting better too.
本例において、 铸型 1 1 は、 任意の材料から形成することができ る。 例えば、 铸型 1 1は、 ポリアセタール、 ポリカーボネート、 ポ リスチレン、 ポリエチレン、 ポリエチレンテレフ夕レート、 ポリプ ロピレン、 テフロン (登録商標) 等の樹脂、 または、 アルミニウム 、 チタン、 真鍮、 鉄、 ステンレス、 長石、 ジルコニァ等のセラミツ クスまたは金属材料、 シリコーン、 ウレタン等のゴムなどから形成 することができる。 铸型 1 1 としてシリコーン等のゴムを用いた場 合には、 铸型自体が変形可能であるため、 硬化したブロックの取り 出しが容易である。 また、 リブ部位との気密性の保持も、 リブの形 状により獲得できる。 In this example, the saddle 11 can be formed from any material. For example, the vertical type 1 1 is a resin such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, Teflon (registered trademark), or aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, stainless steel, feldspar, zirconia, etc. Made of ceramics, metal materials, rubber such as silicone, urethane, etc. can do. When rubber such as silicone is used as the mold 11, the mold itself can be deformed, so that the hardened block can be easily taken out. In addition, retention of airtightness with the rib part can be obtained by the shape of the rib.
ブロックを支持するためのリブ 1 0は、 任意の材料から構成する ことができる。 例えば、 リブ 1 0の材質として、 真鍮、 アルミナ、 ポリアセタール、 ポリカーボネート、 ポリスチレン、 ポリエチレン 、 ポリエチレンテレフ夕レート、 ポリプロピレン、 テフロン (登録 商標) 等の樹脂、 または、 アルミニウム、 チタン、 真鍮、 鉄、 ステ ンレス、 長石、 ジルコニァ等のセラミックスまたは金属などを挙げ ることができる。 リブ 1 0は、 それでブロックを支持することがで きるので、 例えば工作機械にブロックを裁置する際の載置具を形成 することができる。 The rib 10 for supporting the block can be made of any material. For example, the material of the rib 10 is brass, alumina, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, Teflon (registered trademark) resin, or aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, stainless steel, Examples thereof include ceramics such as feldspar and zirconia, metals, and the like. Since the rib 10 can support the block therewith, for example, a mounting tool for placing the block on the machine tool can be formed.
リブ 1 0の好適な一例を図 8に示す。 図 8 ( a ) は、 リブ 1 0の 正面図、 図 8 ( b ) は、 铸型 1 1 にリブ 1 0を装着した状態を説明 する断面図である。 A preferred example of the rib 10 is shown in FIG. FIG. 8A is a front view of the rib 10, and FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state where the rib 10 is attached to the saddle shape 11.
図 8 ( a ) において、 リブ 1 0を加工機械 (図示せず) と接続す る接続部 1 0 1 は、 円柱状の黄銅、 アルミニウム等の金属材で形成 される。 リブ 1 0の上部には、 ブロック内に埋入される埋入部 1 0 2が設けられており、 接続部 1 0 1よりも口径が大きい円柱状によ り形成される。 また、 リブ 1 0の上部には、 埋入部 1 0 2の周囲に 連続した凹部 1 0 3が設けられており、 複合樹脂材が入り込み、 複 合樹脂材の硬化後、 リブ 1 0 とブロックが離れないようなアンカー 効果が得られる。 凹部 1 0 3の幅は、 通常、 1 m m以下で充分であ る。 必要に応じて、 複数本の凹部 1 0 3をリブ 1 0 に形成してもよ い。 In FIG. 8 (a), the connecting portion 10 1 for connecting the rib 10 to a processing machine (not shown) is formed of a metal material such as cylindrical brass or aluminum. An embedding portion 10 2 to be embedded in the block is provided on the upper portion of the rib 10, and is formed in a columnar shape having a larger diameter than the connection portion 10 1. In addition, the upper part of the rib 10 is provided with a concave part 10 3 continuous around the embedding part 10 2, the composite resin material enters, and after the composite resin material is cured, the rib 10 and the block are An anchor effect that does not leave is obtained. The width of the recess 10 3 is usually 1 mm or less. If necessary, a plurality of recesses 10 3 may be formed in the rib 10.
図 8 ( b ) は、 縦型の铸型 1 1内にリブ 1 0が収容された状態を 示す。 埋入部 1 0 2が、 接続部 1 0 1よりも口径が大きいため、 リ ブ 1 0が铸型 1 1から落ちることがなく、 単に、 リブ貫通孔 1 1 c に通すだけで充分であり、 硬化後のブロックを取り出す場合も、 リ ブ 1 0の接続部 1 0 1 を押すだけで、 铸型 1 1からブロックを引き 離すことができるため、 取り扱いが簡便である。 Fig. 8 (b) shows a state in which the rib 10 is accommodated in the vertical saddle 11. Show. Since the buried part 10 2 has a larger diameter than the connecting part 1 0 1, the rib 1 0 does not fall from the bowl 1 1, and it is sufficient to simply pass it through the rib through-hole 1 1 c, Even when taking out the block after curing, it is easy to handle because the block can be detached from the mold 11 by simply pressing the connecting part 10 1 of the rib 10.
最初、 図 1 ( b ) で示すように、 リブ 1 0をリブ貫通孔 1 1 c に 挿入する。 図 6 ( a ) で示すリブ 1 0の接続部 1 0 1がリブ貫通孔 1 1 cで、 留まる。 First, as shown in FIG. 1 (b), the rib 10 is inserted into the rib through hole 11 c. The connection portion 10 01 of the rib 10 shown in FIG. 6 (a) stays in the rib through hole 11 c.
次いで、 図 1 ( c ) で示すように、 図 1 ( b ) の状態で、 例えば 下記の実験例 1 (第 1表) に示される複合樹脂材 (硬化前の前駆体 ) 1 7 c を 2〜 3 c mの高さで铸型 1 1 に注入する。 この高さは、 可視光等の照射による光重合が充分に生じる程度を目安としており 、 可視光の照射能により、 さらに大きい高さであってもよい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 1 (c), in the state of FIG. 1 (b), for example, composite resin material (precured precursor) 1 7 c shown in Experimental Example 1 (Table 1) 2 Inject into bowl 1 1 at a height of ~ 3 cm. This height is based on the degree to which photopolymerization due to irradiation with visible light or the like is sufficiently generated, and may be higher depending on the irradiation ability of visible light.
ここで、 使用される複合樹脂材は、 無機充填剤と樹脂を混合した 状態で、 充分な混合がすでに施されていることが好ましい。 かかる 混合は、 例えば、 真空環境下で、 自転と公転をおこなう回転攪拌装 置による混合手法により予め混練することによって実施することが 好ましい。 なお、 この回転攪拌装置は、 好ましくは、 後段の回転攪 拌処理工程で使用する回転攪拌装置と同一である。 Here, it is preferable that the composite resin material to be used has already been sufficiently mixed in a state where the inorganic filler and the resin are mixed. Such mixing is preferably performed, for example, by kneading in advance in a vacuum environment by a mixing method using a rotating stirrer that rotates and revolves. The rotary stirring device is preferably the same as the rotary stirring device used in the subsequent rotary stirring treatment step.
複合樹脂材 1 7 c を铸型 1 1 に充填した後、 回転攪拌装置による 回転攪拌処理を実施する。 回転攪拌処理は、 図 2で示す回転攪拌装 置で、 1分間〜 2時間程度、 自転 · 公転による回転攪拌により有利 に実施することができる。 After filling the composite resin material 17 c into the mold 11, perform the rotary stirring process with the rotary stirrer. The rotary agitation treatment can be advantageously carried out by the rotary agitation apparatus shown in FIG. 2 by rotating agitation and rotation for about 1 minute to 2 hours.
図 2は、 複合回転による回転攪拌の一例である。 本例では、 図 1 ( c ) で示す混合樹脂剤 1 7 c を充填した状態の铸型 1 1 を所定の 傾きをもって、 中心軸 O 2を中心に例えば反時計回りで自転させ、 さらに、 他の中心軸〇 1 を中心に公転 R 1 をさせてその複合的回転 力により、 攪拌を行う。 Fig. 2 shows an example of rotational agitation by combined rotation. In this example, the vertical mold 1 1 filled with the mixed resin agent 17 c shown in FIG. 1 (c) is rotated with a predetermined inclination, for example, counterclockwise around the central axis O 2, and Rotation around the central axis 〇 1 around the center R 1 and its combined rotation Stir with force.
図示の回転攪拌装置としては、 例えば上述した実開平 3— 3 6 6 1 3号公報に記載された自転と公転を行うミキサーが好適に利用可 能である。 ここで、 自転及び公転の回転数は、 任意に変更すること ができる。 一例を示すと、 自転の回転数は 6 0 0 〜 2 0 0 0 r p m が、 公転の回転数は 3 0 0 〜 1 0 0 0 r p mが、 それぞれ例示され る。 かかる複合的回転を 6 0 〜 1 0 0 0 0秒間持続させることで、 粘度が高い樹脂を使用したときでも、 無機重点剤と樹脂の均一な混 合を図ることができる。 なお、 この回転攪拌は、 粘度が大きい飴状 の樹脂であっても、 充分な混練が可能となる。 As the illustrated rotary stirring device, for example, a mixer that performs rotation and revolution described in Japanese Utility Model Laid-Open No. 3-3 6 6 1 3 described above can be suitably used. Here, the rotation speed of rotation and revolution can be arbitrarily changed. As an example, the rotation speed of rotation is exemplified as 6 00 to 2 0 00 r pm, and the rotation speed of revolution is exemplified as 3 0 0 to 1 0 0 0 r pm. By maintaining such complex rotation for 60 to 100 seconds, even when a resin having a high viscosity is used, it is possible to achieve a uniform mixing of the inorganic reinforcing agent and the resin. In addition, this rotary stirring can sufficiently knead even a cocoon-like resin having a high viscosity.
複合樹脂材 1 7 c の混練が完了した後、 铸型 1 1 の開口部 1 1 a から可視光等を 1 0秒間〜 2 4時間程度照射して、 複合樹脂材 1 7 c の光重合硬化を行う。 After the kneading of the composite resin material 17 c, the visible light etc. is irradiated from the opening 1 1 a of the vertical mold 1 1 for about 10 seconds to 24 hours to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17 c. I do.
上記のようにして複合樹脂材 1 7 cの光重合硬化が完了した後、 図 1 ( d ) で示すように、 複合樹脂材 1 7 bを 2 〜 3 c mの高さで 铸型 1 1 に注入して充填し、 次いで、 図 2で示す回転攪拌装置によ り 自転 · 公転による混練を 1分間〜 2時間にわたって実施する。 そ の後、 開口部 1 1 aから可視光等を 1 0秒間〜 2 4時間照射して、 複合樹脂材 1 7 bを光重合硬化させる。 After the photopolymerization and curing of the composite resin material 1 7 c is completed as described above, the composite resin material 1 7 b is formed into a vertical mold 1 1 at a height of 2 to 3 cm as shown in Fig. 1 (d). Then, the mixture is kneaded by rotation and revolution for 1 minute to 2 hours using the rotary stirring device shown in FIG. Thereafter, visible light or the like is irradiated from the opening 11a for 10 seconds to 24 hours to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17b.
さらに続けて、 図 1 ( e ) で示すように、 複合樹脂材 1 7 aを供 給し、 回転攪拌装置により 6 0秒間〜 3時間にわたって混練し、 さ らに可視光等を開口部 1 1 aより 1 0秒間〜 2 4時間照射して、 複 合樹脂材 1 7 aを光重合硬化させる。 このように、 充填及び光重合 硬化の工程を繰り返し実施することで、 铸型 1 1 のブロック形成部 1 1 bに充填された、 ブロック形状をもった複合樹脂材 ( 1 7 a、 1 7 b及び 1 7 c ) を得ることができる。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 1 (e), the composite resin material 17a is supplied, and is kneaded for 60 seconds to 3 hours by a rotary stirrer. Irradiate from 10 seconds to 24 hours from a to photopolymerize and cure the composite resin material 17 a. In this way, by repeating the filling and photopolymerization curing processes, the block-shaped composite resin material (1 7 a, 1 7 b) filled in the block forming portion 1 1 b of the vertical mold 1 1 is filled. And 1 7 c) can be obtained.
最後に、 図 1 ( e ) に示す状態のまま、 複合樹脂材 ( 1 7 a、 1 7 b及び 1 7 c ) を 1 0 0〜 2 0 0でで加熱して熱重合させ、 完全 に硬化させる。 得られた複合樹脂ブロック 1 3を図 3に示す。 図 3 ( a ) は複合樹脂プロック 1 3の正面図、 そして図 3 ( b ) は複合 樹脂ブロック 1 3の斜視図である。 複合樹脂ブロック 1 3には、 図 示されるように、 リブ 1 0が固設されている。 Finally, in the state shown in Fig. 1 (e), composite resin material (1 7a, 1 7 b and 17 c) are heated at 100 to 200 and thermally polymerized to be completely cured. The resulting composite resin block 13 is shown in FIG. FIG. 3 (a) is a front view of the composite resin block 13, and FIG. 3 (b) is a perspective view of the composite resin block 13. As shown in the figure, ribs 10 are fixed to the composite resin block 13.
本例において作製した複合樹脂ブロック 1 3は、 同一の複合樹脂 材を複数個に分割してそれぞれを铸型 1 1 に充填し、 混練及び硬化 させたものであるが、 場合によっては、 複合樹脂材として、 互いに 組成が異なるもの、 互いに色 (色彩、 色調等) が異なるものを選択 し、 铸型 1 1 に充填し、 積層してもよい。 また、 積層の回数である が、 図 1では 3回の例が図示されているが、 当然のことながら、 3 回に限らず、 2回であってもよく、 3回以上、 例えば 6回、 9回等 であってもよい。 例えば、 6回程度の積層回数によって得られるグ ラデーシヨ ンブロックを作製するとき、 得られる色のグラデーショ ンが好ましい場合もある。 The composite resin block 13 produced in this example is obtained by dividing the same composite resin material into a plurality of pieces, filling each of them into a mold 11, and kneading and curing. As materials, materials having different compositions from each other and materials having different colors (color, color tone, etc.) may be selected, filled into the mold 11 and laminated. In addition, although the number of times of lamination is shown in FIG. 1 as an example of 3 times, it is naturally not limited to 3 times, but may be 2 times, 3 times or more, for example, 6 times, It may be 9 times. For example, when producing a gradation block obtained by the number of times of lamination of about 6 times, the obtained color gradient may be preferable.
図 1 ( f ) は、 上記した例の一変形例を示したものである。 すな わち、 この例では、 複合樹脂材 1 7を一回で铸型 1 1 に充填し、 混 練及び硬化させた場合が示されている。 このような手法は、 充分な 可視光等の照射能があり、 かつ可視光等の透過能を持つ铸型を使用 する場合などに好適な手法となる。 Figure 1 (f) shows a variation of the above example. In other words, this example shows a case where the composite resin material 17 is filled into the mold 1 1 at a time, kneaded and cured. Such a method is a suitable method when using a saddle type that has sufficient irradiation ability such as visible light and has transmission ability such as visible light.
図 1及び図 2で示し、 先に説明した铸型は、 縦型の铸型であり、 狭い空間で、 より多くのブロック形成部が製造できるという利点を 備えている。 この状態を示したものが、 図 7の斜視図である。 図示 の通り、 铸型は縦長ではあるが、 その分、 狭い空間で、 多数のプロ ックを同時に形成することができる。 The vertical shape shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and described above is a vertical vertical shape, and has the advantage that more block forming portions can be manufactured in a narrow space. This is shown in the perspective view of FIG. As shown in the figure, the saddle type is vertically long, but a lot of blocks can be formed simultaneously in a narrow space.
円柱状の铸型 6 0は、 そのなかに、 図 1で示す 4つのブロック形 成部 6 1 bが形成されている。 それぞれのブロック形成部 6 1 bの 下部には、 リブ貫通孔 6 1 cが形成されている。 また、 铸型 6 0の 上部には蓋載置部 6 1 aが設けられている。 蓋載置部 6 1 aは、 図 示していないが、 同じ形状及びサイズの铸型をさらに重ね合わせる ことが可能な凹部を形成している。 このように、 複数のブロックを 小さな铸型で製造できる構成を取り得る点で、 回転攪拌装置の大き さが限られていても、 より多くのブロックを製造できるという効果 がある。 In the cylindrical bowl 60, four block forming parts 61b shown in Fig. 1 are formed. Each block forming part 6 1 b A rib through hole 61c is formed in the lower part. Further, a lid placing part 61a is provided on the upper part of the bowl 60. The lid placing portion 61a is not shown, but has a recess that can be further overlapped with saddles of the same shape and size. Thus, it is possible to produce a configuration in which a plurality of blocks can be manufactured in a small bowl shape, and there is an effect that more blocks can be manufactured even if the size of the rotary stirring device is limited.
実施例 2 Example 2
本例では、 図 4及び図 5に示す横型の铸型を使用して歯科補綴物 加工用ブロックを製造する。 なお、 本例の場合、 複合樹脂材を铸型 に充填し、 自転 · 公転の回転攪拌装置で混練し、 さらにそれを重合 硬化させる工程や、 その一連の工程を反復する工程や、 最後の重合 硬化により硬化した複合樹脂ブロックとリブよりなる成型ブロック を製造する工程や、 その他の関連の工程は、 特に断らない限り、 前 記実施例 1 に記載の手法に準じて実施し得ることを理解されたい。 本例を実施するに当たり、 铸型を用意する。 本例で用意した铸型 1 1 は、 図 4 ( a ) に示すように、 踌型下部 3 1 と铸型上部 3 3 を もって構成される。 铸型上部 3 3には開口部 3 4が形成される。 開 口部 3 4は、 回転攪拌処理時にも開口状態となっている。 铸型下部 3 1 と銬型上部を重ね合わせて形成される内面の形状が、 ブロック 外形となっている空間、 すなわち、 ブロック形成部 3 2 aである。 铸型 1 1は、 先に説明した実施例 1 に記載の铸型と同様の素材で形 成されるが、 好ましくは可視光等透過型の素材が利用される。 In this example, the horizontal prosthesis shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 is used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block. In the case of this example, the composite resin material is filled into a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, the series of steps repeated, the last polymerization It is understood that the process of manufacturing a molded block composed of a composite resin block and ribs cured by curing and other related processes can be performed according to the method described in Example 1 unless otherwise specified. I want. To implement this example, prepare a saddle type. The saddle mold 1 1 prepared in this example has a saddle lower part 3 1 and a saddle upper part 3 3 as shown in FIG. 4 (a). An opening 3 4 is formed in the bowl-shaped upper portion 3 3. The opening 34 is open even during the rotary stirring process. The shape of the inner surface formed by overlapping the saddle lower 3 1 and the saddle upper is a space having a block outer shape, that is, the block forming portion 3 2 a. The saddle mold 11 is formed of the same material as the saddle mold described in the first embodiment, but preferably a visible light transmission material is used.
铸型 1 1 には、 切欠き部 3 5 aを備えたリブ 3 5が載置される。 切欠き部 3 5 aは、 図 8 ( a ) に示したリブ 1 0の凹部 1 0 3 と同 様、 複合樹脂材が入り込み、 リブとブロックが離れないように、 ァ ンカー効果を発現することができる。 リブ 3 5 も、 铸型 1 1 と同様 に、 先に説明した実施例 1 に記載のリブと同様の素材で形成される 。 铸型 1 1 は、 その铸型下部 3 1のリブ載置部 3 2 bにリブ 3 5を 載置し、 その上にさらに铸型上部 3 3 を載せた状態で、 開口部 3 4 から複合樹脂材を供給して使用される。 A rib 3 5 having a notch 3 5 a is placed on the vertical mold 1 1. The notch 3 5 a, like the recess 10 0 3 of the rib 10 shown in Fig. 8 (a), has an anchor effect so that the composite resin material enters and the rib and the block are not separated. Can do. Rib 3 5 is also the same as vertical 1 1 Further, it is formed of the same material as the rib described in the first embodiment described above. The vertical mold 1 1 is composed of the opening 3 4 with the rib 3 5 mounted on the rib mounting section 3 2 b of the vertical lower section 3 1 and the vertical upper section 3 3 mounted thereon. Used by supplying resin material.
最初、 図 4 ( b) で示すように、 複合樹脂材 4 0 aを厚さ 2〜 3 c mとなるように開口部 3 4から踌型 1 1 に充填する。 次いで、 そ の状態を維持しながら、 図 5で示すように、 真空下において、 回転 攪拌装置により、 軸 02 を中心とした自転 R 2 と軸〇 1 を中心とし た公転 R 1 により、 上記と同様の手法により複合樹脂材 4 0 aを混 練攪拌し、 かつ脱気する。 図示されるように、 回転攪拌装置は、 軸 02を中心に反時計回りで自転 R 2 し、 軸〇 1 を中心に時計回りの 公転 R 1 を行う。 First, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), the composite resin material 40 a is filled into the vertical mold 1 1 from the opening 34 so as to have a thickness of 2 to 3 cm. Next, while maintaining this state, as shown in FIG. 5, under a vacuum, by means of a rotating stirrer, rotation R 2 centered on shaft 02 and revolution R 1 centered on shaft 01, The composite resin material 40 a is kneaded and stirred and degassed in the same manner. As shown in the figure, the rotary stirring device rotates R 2 counterclockwise around the axis 02 and performs clockwise revolution R 1 around the axis 0 1.
上記のようにして回転攪拌処理が完了した後、 複合樹脂材 4 0 a に上記と同様の手法により可視光等を照射し、 重合硬化を行うこと により複合樹脂材の第 1 の硬化層 4 0 aを形成する。 After the rotary stirring treatment is completed as described above, the first cured layer 40 0 of the composite resin material is obtained by irradiating the composite resin material 40 a with visible light or the like by the same method as described above and performing polymerization curing. Form a.
次いで、 図 4 ( c ) で示すように、 硬化層 4 0 aの上から更に複 合樹脂材 4 0 bを铸型 1 1 に厚さ 2〜 3 c mで充填し、 先に硬化層 4 aの形成に実施したのと同様な回転攪拌処理とそれに続く重合硬 化処理を繰り返す。 すなわち、 図 5で示すような自転と公転による 回転攪拌を行い、 さらに可視光等の照射を行う。 重合硬化を行うこ とにより、 複合樹脂材の第 2の硬化層 4 0 bを形成する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 4 (c), the composite resin material 40 b is further filled in the mold 11 with a thickness of 2 to 3 cm from above the cured layer 40 a, and the cured layer 4 a is first filled. The same rotary agitation process and subsequent polymerization hardening process as those carried out for the formation of the above are repeated. In other words, rotating agitation is performed by rotation and revolution as shown in Fig. 5, and irradiation with visible light or the like is performed. By performing polymerization and curing, the second cured layer 40 b of the composite resin material is formed.
次いで再び、 硬化層 4 0 bの上から更に複合樹脂材 4 0 c を铸型 1 1 に厚さ 2〜 3 c mで充填し、 上記と同様な回転攪拌処理とそれ に続く可視光等の照射を行う。 重合硬化を行うことにより、 複合樹 脂材の第 3の硬化層 4 0 c を形成する。 Next, again, the composite resin material 40 c is further filled into the vertical mold 11 with a thickness of 2 to 3 cm from above the hardened layer 40 b, and the same rotary agitation treatment as described above, followed by irradiation with visible light, etc. I do. By performing polymerization and curing, a third cured layer 40 c of the composite resin material is formed.
さらに、 第 1〜第 3の硬化層を形成するために実施した上述の手 法を繰り返し、 図 4 ( d ) で示すように、 铸型 1 1 のブロック形成 部 3 2 aにすでに形成されている第 1〜第 3の硬化層 4 0 a〜 4 0 cの上にさらに、 第 4〜第 6の硬化層 4 0 c!〜 4 0 f を積層させる 上記のようにして複合樹脂材の充填と回転攪拌処理及び重合硬化 を反復し、 硬化した複合樹脂材で铸型内を充填させた後、 複合樹脂 材を 1 4 0〜 1 5 0で前後の温度で 1 2 0〜 3 6 0分間にわたって 加熱重合する。 加熱重合の結果、 複合樹脂材の全体が完全に硬化す る。 複合樹脂材の硬化後、 リブを铸型の開口部方向へ押すことで、 図 6で示す、 硬化層の積層体からなる複合樹脂プロック 4 3 とリブ 3 5よりなる成型ブロックが取り出される。 得られる成型ブロック において、 ブロックの配色をそれぞれ異ならせることにより、 リブ 長軸と平行なグラデーションをもった成型ブロックが形成される。 実施例 3 Furthermore, the above-mentioned method carried out to form the first to third hardened layers is repeated, and as shown in FIG. Furthermore, the fourth to sixth hardened layers 40 c on the first to third hardened layers 40 a to 40 c already formed in the part 3 2 a! Laminate up to 40 f After repeating the filling of the composite resin material, the rotation stirring treatment and the polymerization and curing as described above, and filling the inside of the mold with the cured composite resin material, the composite resin material is 1 4 0 Polymerization is carried out by heating at a temperature of about 1 to 50 at a temperature before and after 1 20 to 3 60 minutes. As a result of heat polymerization, the entire composite resin material is completely cured. After the composite resin material is cured, the molded block made of the composite resin block 4 3 and the rib 35 made of a laminate of the cured layers shown in FIG. 6 is taken out by pushing the rib toward the vertical opening. In the resulting molded block, the block color is made different so that a molded block with gradation parallel to the rib major axis is formed. Example 3
本例では、 図 9に示すように、 縦型の铸型に隔壁部材 (パ一テ一 シヨ ン) を併用して歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを製造する。 すなわ ち、 横型の銬型の場合、 単に積層することで、 グラデーショ ンプロ ックが形成されることから、 手軽であるが、 例えば前記実施例 1で 使用したような縦型の铸型でも、 パーテ一シヨ ンを併用することで 、 同様のグラデーションブロックが形成可能である。 なお、 本例の 場合、 複合樹脂材を铸型に充填し、 自転 · 公転の回転攪拌装置で混 練し、 さらにそれを重合硬化させる工程や、 その一連の工程を反復 する工程や、 最後の重合硬化により硬化した複合樹脂ブロックとリ ブよりなる成型ブロックを製造する工程や、 その他の関連の工程は 、 特に断らない限り、 前記実施例 1 に記載の手法に準じて実施し得 ることを理解されたい。 In this example, as shown in FIG. 9, a block for dental prosthesis processing is manufactured by using a vertical saddle shape together with a partition member (partition). In other words, in the case of a horizontal saddle, it is easy because a gradient block is formed by simply laminating, but for example, even with a vertical saddle as used in Example 1 above, By using a partition together, a similar gradation block can be formed. In the case of this example, the composite resin material is filled in a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, the process of repeating the series of processes, the last Unless otherwise specified, the process for producing a molded block composed of a composite resin block and a rib cured by polymerization curing and other related processes can be carried out according to the method described in Example 1 above. I want you to understand.
本例を実施するに当たり、 铸型を用意する。 本例で用意した铸型 1 1 は、 铸型 1 1の平面図である図 5 ( a ) や、 図 5 ( a ) の線分 X - X ' に沿った断面図である図 5 ( b ) に示すように、 図 1 を参 照して先に説明したものと同様の铸型 1 1であり、 但し、 開口部 1 1 aを経由してパーテーシヨ ン 1 2を挿入し、 铸型 1 1 に取り付け る。 パ一テーシヨン 1 2は、 铸型 1 1 と同様の材料から形成するこ とができる。 パーテ一シヨ ン 1 2は、 任意の形状で形成することが できるけれども、 グラデーショ ンブロックを形成する観点から、 U 字型もしくはそれに類似した形状が推奨される。 ブロック形成部 1 1 bにパ一テ一シヨン 1 2を介在させることで、 形成される間隙に 可視光等の照射部材、 反射部材などを挿入可能となる。 なお、 図で は、 铸型 1 1 に取り付けたリブ 1 0の上端部にパーテーシヨ ン 1 2 を配置した例を示してあるが、 必要に応じて、 その他の配置形態を 採用してもよい。 To implement this example, prepare a saddle type. The saddle type 1 1 prepared in this example is the top view of the saddle type 1 1 in Fig. 5 (a) and the line segment in Fig. 5 (a). As shown in Fig. 5 (b), which is a cross-sectional view along X-X ', it is a saddle 11 similar to that described above with reference to Fig. 1, except that the opening 1 1a Insert partition 1 2 via, and attach to vertical 1 1. The partition 1 2 can be made of the same material as the mold 1 1. The partition 1 2 can be formed in any shape, but from the viewpoint of forming a gradient block, a U-shape or similar shape is recommended. By interposing the partition 12 in the block forming portion 1 1 b, it becomes possible to insert an irradiation member such as visible light, a reflection member, or the like into the formed gap. In the figure, an example is shown in which the partition 12 is arranged at the upper end of the rib 10 attached to the saddle 11, but other arrangements may be adopted as necessary.
本例では、 図 9 ( b ) で示すように、 铸型 1 1のブロック形成部 1 1 bにパ一テ一シヨ ン 1 2の配置によって 3つの空間 (間隙) を 形成する。 次いで、 図 9 ( c ) で示すように、 パ一テーシヨ ン 1 2 の両側の間隙に複合樹脂材 1 8 a及び 1 8 bを充填し、 実施例 1 に おいて前記したような手法に従って回転攪拌処理を行い、 さらに可 視光等を照射する。 可視光等の照射は、 铸型 1 1の少なく とも側面 を可視光等が透過可能な部材から構成することによって実施するこ とが好ましい。 可視光等の照射による重合により、 硬化させた複合 樹脂層 1 8 a及び 1 8 bを形成する。 なお、 別法によれば、 パーテ —シヨ ン 1 2の一方の側の間隙に複合樹脂材 1 8 a又は 1 8 bを充 填し、 回転攪袢処理、 そして可視光等の照射によりいずれかの複合 樹脂材を硬化させ、 次いで、 残りの複合樹脂材を他方の間隙に充填 し、 同様の回転攪拌処理及び可視光等の照射によりその残りの複合 樹脂材を硬化させてもよい。 In this example, as shown in FIG. 9 (b), three spaces (gap) are formed in the block forming portion 1 1 b of the saddle-shaped 11 1 by arranging the partitions 1 2. Next, as shown in FIG. 9 (c), the composite resin materials 18a and 18b are filled in the gaps on both sides of the partition 1 2 and rotated according to the method described above in the first embodiment. Stir processing and irradiate with visible light. Irradiation with visible light or the like is preferably carried out by forming at least the side surface of the mold 11 from a member that can transmit visible light or the like. The cured composite resin layers 1 8 a and 1 8 b are formed by polymerization by irradiation with visible light or the like. According to another method, the composite resin material 1 8 a or 1 8 b is filled in the gap on one side of the part 1 2, either by rotating stirring treatment and irradiation with visible light or the like. The composite resin material may be cured, then the remaining composite resin material may be filled in the other gap, and the remaining composite resin material may be cured by the same rotational stirring treatment and irradiation with visible light or the like.
硬化させた複合樹脂層 1 8 a及び 1 8 bの形成後、 パ一テーショ ン 1 2を取り外す。 このようにして複合樹脂層 1 8 a及び 1 8 bの 間に新たな間隙が形成されるが、 この間隙に、 図 9 ( d ) で示すよ うに、 複合樹脂材 1 8 c を充填する。 複合樹脂材 1 8 cの充填後、 上記と同様の手法により回転攪拌処理を行い、 次いで、 铸型 1 1 の 側面と上面から紫外線を照射してこれを重合硬化させる。 図示され るように、 硬化樹脂層 1 8 cが形成される。 After forming the cured composite resin layers 1 8 a and 1 8 b, Remove 1 2. In this way, a new gap is formed between the composite resin layers 18 a and 18 b, and this gap is filled with the composite resin material 18 c as shown in FIG. 9 (d). After filling with the composite resin material 18 c, a rotary stirring process is performed by the same method as described above, and then UV is irradiated from the side surface and the upper surface of the vertical mold 11 to polymerize and cure it. As illustrated, a cured resin layer 18 c is formed.
図から理解されるように、 本例では、 硬化樹脂層 1 8 a、 1 8 b 及び 1 8 c の積層体からなる複合樹脂ブロックとリブよりなる成型 ブロックが铸型 1 1から取り出される。 得られる成型ブロックにお いて、 ブロックの配色をそれぞれ異ならせることにより、 リブ長軸 と平行なグラデーショ ンをもった成型ブロックが形成される。 As can be seen from the figure, in this example, a composite resin block made of a laminate of cured resin layers 18 a, 18 b, and 18 c and a molded block made of ribs are taken out from the mold 11. In the obtained molding block, the molding block having a gradient parallel to the rib major axis is formed by varying the color scheme of the block.
本例は、 铸型のブロック形成部の中央を空隙とした状態で、 パー テーシヨ ンの両側の間隙に充填した複合樹脂材を硬化させたが、 使 用するパ一テ一シヨンの形状によっては、 その逆であってもよい。 すなわち、 铸型の中央に複合樹脂材を供給して硬化させるようなパ 一テーシヨ ンを配置して最初に中間層 (硬化樹脂層) を形成した後 、 パーテーシヨ ンの両側の間隙に複合樹脂材を充填し、 さらに回転 攪拌処理、 可視光等の照射の処理を行ってもよい。 In this example, the composite resin material filled in the gaps on both sides of the partition was cured with the center of the vertical block forming part as a gap, but depending on the shape of the partition used Vice versa. That is, after placing a partition that supplies and cures the composite resin material in the center of the bowl and first forms an intermediate layer (cured resin layer), the composite resin material is formed in the gaps on both sides of the partition. And may be further subjected to a rotation stirring process, a process of irradiation with visible light, or the like.
本例は、 さらに変更することも可能である。 例えば、 上記した例 では、 铸型が、 可視光等を透過する材料で形成される形態を示した が、 可視光等を透過させない材料で形成された铸型の場合でも、 同 様な成型ブロックを製造可能である。 This example can be further modified. For example, in the above example, the vertical shape is shown to be formed of a material that transmits visible light or the like. However, even in the case of a vertical shape that is formed of a material that does not transmit visible light or the like, a similar molding block is used. Can be manufactured.
例えば、 図 9 ( b ) で示した状態で、 パ一テ一シヨ ン 1 2 を可視 光等を透過する部材で形成し、 パ一テーシヨン 1 2の内側に形成さ れた間隙に、 その間隙から可視光等を照射することのできる手段を 配置する。 この状態で、 図 9 ( d ) で示すように、 複合樹脂材 1 8 a及び 1 8 bを充填し、 それらの複合樹脂材を上記と同様な手法で 重合硬化させる。 複合樹脂材の重合硬化後、 パーテーシヨ ン 1 2を 引き離し、 そこに形成された間隙に複合樹脂材 1 8 c を供給する。 回転攪拌処理の後、 複合榭脂材 1 8 cの上方から可視光等を照射す る。 このような工程により、 铸型を特別な素材から形成しなく とも 、 グラデ一シヨ ンブロックを製造することができる。 For example, in the state shown in FIG. 9 (b), the partition 12 is formed of a member that transmits visible light or the like, and the gap formed inside the partition 12 is inserted into the gap. A means that can irradiate visible light etc. is arranged. In this state, as shown in FIG. 9 (d), the composite resin materials 1 8 a and 1 8 b are filled, and these composite resin materials are treated in the same manner as described above. Polymerize and cure. After polymerization hardening of the composite resin material, the partition 12 is pulled apart, and the composite resin material 18 c is supplied to the gap formed there. After the rotary stirring treatment, visible light or the like is irradiated from above the composite resin material 18 c. By such a process, a gradation block can be manufactured without forming a saddle shape from a special material.
実施例 4 Example 4
本例では、 縦型の铸型を使用して歯科補綴物加工用ブロックを製 造するとき、 ブロックの構成員である複数の硬化樹脂層をそれぞれ 複合樹脂材から形成するのでなくて、 少なく ともその一部を、 すで に造形されている硬化樹脂層 (ここで、 「ブロック片」 という) を 利用して成型ブロックを製造する例について、 図 1 0〜図 1 4を参 照して説明する。 すなわち、 本例では、 ある製造プロセスに従って 成型ブロックを形成するとき、 ブロックを構成する硬化樹脂層の少 なく とも一部として、 別の場所 (製造現場) で本発明に従いもしく は本発明以外の方法に従い複合樹脂材から作製したブロック片を使 用して、 成型ブロックを製造する。 なお、 本例の場合、 複合樹脂材 を铸型に充填し、 自転 · 公転の回転攪拌装置で混練し、 さらにそれ を重合硬化させる工程や、 その一連の工程を反復する工程や、 最後 の重合硬化により硬化した複合樹脂ブロックとリブよりなる成型ブ ロックを製造する工程や、 その他の関連の工程は、 特に断らない限 り、 前記実施例 1 に記載の手法に準じて実施し得ることを理解され たい。 In this example, when a vertical prosthesis block is used to manufacture a dental prosthesis processing block, a plurality of cured resin layers that are members of the block are not formed from composite resin materials, but at least. An example of manufacturing a molded block using a part of the cured resin layer (herein called “block piece”) that has already been formed will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 14. To do. That is, in this example, when forming a molding block according to a certain manufacturing process, at least a part of the cured resin layer constituting the block, the present invention may be followed at another place (manufacturing site) or other than the present invention. A molded block is manufactured using a block piece made of a composite resin material according to the method. In the case of this example, the composite resin material is filled into a bowl shape, kneaded with a rotating / revolving rotary stirrer, and further polymerized and cured, or a series of processes repeated, or the final polymerization. Understand that the process of manufacturing a molded block consisting of a composite resin block and ribs cured by curing and other related processes can be performed according to the method described in Example 1 unless otherwise specified. I want to be done.
本例は、 図 1 3 ( a ) 〜図 1 3 ( f ) に順を追って示す製造方法 によって成型ブロック 8 7 を製造する。 ここで、 出発部材として、 複合樹脂材に変えて、 図 1 0に示すように、 硬化樹脂層 8 2 (プロ ック片 A ) 及び硬化樹脂層 8 4 (ブロック B ) が支持容器 8 3 とと もに用いられる。 硬化樹脂層 8 2 (ブロック片 A ) は図 1 1で示す ように、 硬化樹脂層 8 4 (プロック B) は図 1 2で示すように、 そ れぞれ製造される。 In this example, the molding block 8 7 is manufactured by the manufacturing method shown in order in FIGS. 13 (a) to 13 (f). Here, instead of the composite resin material as a starting member, as shown in FIG. 10, the cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) and the cured resin layer 8 4 (block B) are connected to the support container 8 3 and Used for both. The cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) is shown in Fig. 11. Thus, each of the cured resin layers 8 4 (Plock B) is manufactured as shown in FIG.
本例を実施するに当たって、 図 1 0 ( a ) で示す支持容器 8 3を 用意する。 支持容器 8 3は、 シリコーン樹脂、 ポリエチレンテレフ 夕レート (P E T) 等でできた透明又は半透明な容器であって、 そ の内面形状は、 目的とするブロックの外面形状に対応し、 ブロック 形成部 8 3 bを構成している。 支持容器 8 3の外面形状は、 铸型 1 1へ支持容器 8 3を内接可能な大きさであり、 上部にはブロック片 A及び Bを挿入するための開口部 8 3 aが設けられており、 底面に はリブ挿入孔 8 3 cが設けられている。 In carrying out this example, a support container 83 shown in FIG. 10 (a) is prepared. The support container 83 is a transparent or translucent container made of silicone resin, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), etc., and its inner surface shape corresponds to the outer surface shape of the target block, and the block forming part 8 3 b constitutes. The outer shape of the support container 8 3 is such that the support container 8 3 can be inscribed in the vertical mold 1 1, and an opening 8 3 a for inserting the block pieces A and B is provided in the upper part. In addition, a rib insertion hole 83c is provided on the bottom surface.
硬化樹脂層 8 2 (ブロック片 A) は、 予め造形されているもので あり、 図 1 0 ( b) で示すように、 L字型で形成され、 横方向で伸 びた部分にリブ 8 1が結合している。 硬化樹脂層 8 4 (ブロック片 B ) は、 ブロック片 Aと同様に予め造形されているものであり、 図 1 0 ( c ) で示すように、 矩形の形状を有している。 硬化樹脂層 8 2 (ブロック片 A) 及び硬化樹脂層 8 4 (ブロック B) は、 それぞ れ、 例えば下記のようにして複合樹脂材から、 例えば実施例 1 に記 載の手法に従って製造する。 The cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) is formed in advance, and is formed in an L shape as shown in Fig. 10 (b), and ribs 8 1 are formed in the portion extending in the lateral direction. Are joined. The cured resin layer 8 4 (block piece B) is formed in advance in the same manner as the block piece A, and has a rectangular shape as shown in FIG. 10 (c). The cured resin layer 8 2 (block piece A) and the cured resin layer 8 4 (block B) are each manufactured from a composite resin material, for example, in the following manner, for example, according to the method described in Example 1.
プロック片 Aの製造 Manufacture of Block A
ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) は、 図 1 1で示すように、 ブロック形成部 2 l bを備えた縦型の铸型 2 1 を使用して製造する。 まず、 図 1 1 ( a ) で示すように、 型 A ( 9 1 ) とリブ 8 1 を縦型の铸型 2 1 に 挿入し、 装着する。 次いで、 図 1 1 ( b ) で示すように、 ブロック 形成部 2 l bの間隙に複合樹脂材 8 2 を注入し、 充填する。 複合樹 脂材 8 2の充填後、 実施例 1 に記載の手法で回転攪拌装置で攪拌し 、 青色可視光線を照射して、 硬化させる。 その際、 硬化度を調整す るために、 硬化時間を通常の 2 0〜 1 0 0 %とすることが好ましい 。 硬化の完了後、 図 1 0 ( b ) 及び図 1 1 ( c ) で示すように、 リ ブ 8 1 と結合したブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) を铸型 2 1 より取り出す。 ブロック片 Bの製造 As shown in FIG. 11, the block piece A (8 2) is manufactured using a vertical saddle 21 having a block forming portion 2 lb. First, as shown in Fig. 11 (a), the mold A (91) and the rib 81 are inserted into the vertical bowl 21 and attached. Next, as shown in FIG. 11 (b), the composite resin material 8 2 is injected into the gap between the block forming portions 2 lb and filled. After filling with the composite resin material 8 2, the mixture is stirred with a rotating stirrer by the method described in Example 1 and irradiated with blue visible light to be cured. At that time, in order to adjust the degree of curing, it is preferable to set the curing time to the usual 20 to 100%. . After the curing is completed, as shown in FIGS. 10 (b) and 11 (c), the block piece A (8 2) joined to the rib 8 1 is taken out from the mold 2 1. Manufacture of block piece B
ブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) は、 図 1 2で示すように、 ブロック形成部 2 1 bを備えた縦型の铸型 2 1 を使用して製造する。 まず、 図 1 2 ( a ) で示すように、 型 B ( 9 3 ) を縦型の铸型 2 1 に挿入し、 装 着する。 次いで、 図 1 2 ( b ) で示すように、 ブロック形成部 2 1 bの間隙に複合樹脂材 8 4を注入し、 充填する。 複合樹脂材 8 4の 充填後、 実施例 1 に記載の手法で回転攪拌装置で攪拌し、 青色可視 光線を照射して、 硬化させる。 その際、 硬化度を調整するために、 ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) と同様に、 硬化時間を通常の 2 0〜 1 0 0 % とすることが好ましい。 硬化の完了後、 図 1 0 ( c ) 及び図 1 2 ( c ) で示すように、 所望の形状をもった矩形のブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) を铸型 2 1 より取り出す。 As shown in FIG. 12, the block piece B (8 4) is manufactured using a vertical saddle shape 2 1 having a block forming portion 2 1 b. First, as shown in FIG. 12 (a), the mold B (93) is inserted into the vertical bowl 21 and attached. Next, as shown in FIG. 1 2 (b), a composite resin material 84 is injected into the gap between the block forming portions 2 1 b and filled. After filling with the composite resin material 8 4, the mixture is stirred with a rotary stirrer according to the method described in Example 1, and irradiated with blue visible light to be cured. At that time, in order to adjust the degree of curing, it is preferable to set the curing time to the usual 20 to 100%, similarly to the block piece A (82). After the completion of curing, as shown in FIGS. 10 (c) and 12 (c), a rectangular block piece B (8 4) having a desired shape is taken out from the mold 2 1.
成型ブロック 8 7の製造 Manufacture of molded blocks 8 7
引き続いて、 図 1 1で示したブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) と図 1 2で示 したブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) を用いて、 図 1 3に順を追って示す手法 で成型ブロック 8 7を製造する。 なお、 本例は一例であるので、 こ れに種々の変更や改良を施すことも可能である。 Subsequently, using the block piece A (8 2) shown in Fig. 11 and the block piece B (8 4) shown in Fig. 12, a molding block 8 7 is manufactured by the method shown in order in Fig. 13. To do. Since this example is an example, various changes and improvements can be made.
最初に、 図 1 3 ( a ) で示すように、 支持容器 8 3のブロック形 成部 (空間) 8 3 bに、 支持容器 8 3の開口部 8 3 aを介して、 リ ブ 8 1 と結合したブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) を装着する。 リブ 8 1 は、 支持容器 8 3のリブ挿入孔 8 3 c に挿入されて、 安定に固定される 。 次いで、 図 1 3 ( b ) で示すように、 すでにブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) を装着してある支持容器 8 3にブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) を装着する 。 ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) とブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) は、 一部に空間を 残して、 支持容器 8 3の内部にぴったりと嵌った状態で配置される ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) 及びブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) の装着が完了し た後、 図 1 3 ( c ) で示すように、 支持容器 8 3を銬型 1 1 にその まま挿入する。 この状態で、 図 1 3 ( d ) で示すように、 複合樹脂 材 8 6 を支持容器 8 3の中央に残された空間に供給し、 実施例 1 に 記載したような手法により、 回転攪拌装置により回転させる。 この 際の複合樹脂材 8 6は、 充填する箇所の径が小さく、 高粘度の複合 樹脂材では充分な脱泡と充填が得られない場合、 液状からやわらか いペース ト状までの、 5mPa · s〜100Pa · sの粘度を有するものであ ることが好ましい。 First, as shown in FIG. 1 3 (a), the rib 8 1 and the block forming part (space) 8 3 b of the support container 8 3 are connected to the rib 8 1 through the opening 8 3 a of the support container 8 3. Install the connected block piece A (8 2). The rib 8 1 is inserted into the rib insertion hole 8 3 c of the support container 8 3 and is stably fixed. Next, as shown in FIG. 13 (b), the block piece B (8 4) is mounted on the support container 83 having already been mounted with the block piece A (8 2). The block piece A (8 2) and the block piece B (8 4) are arranged in a state in which the block piece A (8 2) and the block piece B (8 4) are fitted to the inside of the support container 83, leaving a space in part. After the mounting of the block piece A (8 2) and the block piece B (8 4) is completed, as shown in FIG. 13 (c), the support container 83 is inserted into the vertical mold 11 as it is. In this state, as shown in FIG. 13 (d), the composite resin material 8 6 is supplied to the space left in the center of the support container 8 3, and the rotary stirrer is used by the method described in Example 1. Rotate with. In this case, the composite resin material 8 6 has a small diameter at the filling point, and if sufficient defoaming and filling cannot be obtained with a high-viscosity composite resin material, 5 mPa · s from liquid to soft paste It preferably has a viscosity of ˜100 Pa · s.
回転攪拌処理の後、 複合樹脂材 8 6に青色可視光線を照射して硬 化させる。 その際、 十分な重合を行うべく、 1 0分間〜 1時間にわ たって光を照射することが好ましい。 本例では、 支持容器 8 3が透 明又は半透明であるため、 硬化用の光線が、 複合樹脂材全体に照射 されるため、 短時間で十分な重合をおこなうことができる。 硬化し た複合樹脂材 8 6は、 本例においてプロック Cと呼ぶ。 After the rotary stirring process, the composite resin material 86 is cured by irradiating it with blue visible light. At that time, it is preferable to irradiate light for 10 minutes to 1 hour in order to perform sufficient polymerization. In this example, since the support container 83 is transparent or translucent, the curing light beam is irradiated to the entire composite resin material, so that sufficient polymerization can be performed in a short time. The cured composite resin material 86 is called Plock C in this example.
引き続いて、 铸型 1 1から支持容器 8 3を取り出す。 铸型 1 1か ら支持容器 8 3 を、 それに複合樹脂材の積層体 (ブロック A、 B及 び Cの一体化物) を入れた状態で取り出した状態を図 1 3 ( e ) に 示す。 さらに続けて、 支持容器 8 3を取り去り、 複合樹脂材の積層 体を 1 4 0〜 1 6 0での温度で 2〜 3時間にわたって加熱して熱重 合を行う。 このようにして、 図 1 3 ( f ) で示す成型ブロック 8 7 が得られる。 成型ブロック 8 7は、 図示される通り、 ブロック A ( 8 2 ) 、 ブロック B ( 8 4 ) 及びブロック C ( 8 6 ) の一体化物か らなり、 それにリブ 8 1 gが埋め込まれている。 Subsequently, the support container 8 3 is taken out from the vertical mold 1 1. Fig. 13 (e) shows the state in which the support container 8 3 is taken out from the vertical mold 11 1 with the composite resin material laminate (integrated block A, B and C) put in it. Subsequently, the support container 83 is removed, and the laminated body of the composite resin material is heated at a temperature of 140 to 160 for 2 to 3 hours to perform thermal polymerization. In this way, a molding block 8 7 shown in FIG. 13 (f) is obtained. As shown in the figure, the molding block 87 is made of an integrated body of a block A (82), a block B (84), and a block C (86), and ribs 81 g are embedded therein.
図 1 0〜図 1 3で示す成型ブロック 8 7の製造方法は、 ブロック の色彩に勾配が生じるグラデーショ ンブロックの製造に適しており 、 また、 得られるブロックにも十分な強度が備わっているものであ る。 The manufacturing method of the molding block 87 shown in Fig. 10 to Fig. 13 is suitable for the manufacture of a gradient block in which the color of the block has a gradient. In addition, the obtained block has sufficient strength.
下記の配合例は、 グラデーショ ンブロックを作製するときの、 各 ブロック片の配合例である。 The following blending example is a blending example of each block piece when making a gradient block.
ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) : Block piece A (8 2):
シリカ (0.1〜 5 m径) 76w/w%、 シリカ (1 0〜 : L O O nm径) 2w/w% 、 TEGDMA llw/w%、 UDMA llw/w%、 カンファーキノ ン 0.02w/w%、 N, N- ジメチルアミ ノエチルメ夕ク リ レー ト 0.02w/w¾, 過酸化ベンゾィル : 0.02w/w¾ Silica (0.1-5 m diameter) 76w / w%, Silica (10 ~: LOO nm diameter) 2w / w%, TEGDMA llw / w%, UDMA llw / w%, Camphorquinone 0.02w / w%, N , N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 0.02w / w¾, benzoyl peroxide: 0.02w / w¾
赤色の三二酸化鉄 0.0011w/w%、 黄色の三二酸化鉄 0.011w/w¾、 白色の二酸化チタン 0.039w/w%) (Red iron sesquioxide 0.0011w / w%, yellow iron sesquioxide 0.011w / w¾, white titanium dioxide 0.039w / w%)
ブロック片 B ( 8 4) : Block piece B (8 4):
ダラディ ア エナメル E3 (ジーシ一社製) Daraday A Enamel E3
ブロック片 C (8 6 ) Block piece C (8 6)
ブロック片 A ( 8 2) 組成 : ブロック片 B ( 8 4) 組成 : モノマ 一溶液 (UDMA: TEGDMA=1: 1) =9 : 9 : 2 Block piece A (8 2) Composition: Block piece B (84) Composition: Monomer solution (UDMA: TEGDMA = 1: 1) = 9: 9: 2
本例は、 3層のグラデーショ ンブロックを製造するものであるが 、 任意に変更可能である。 例えば、 本例において、 使用する型の形 状を変えて、 さ らに複数のブロック片を作製して、 より複数階層を 形成して、 より 自然な色彩をもつ補綴物形成用ブロックを製造して もよい。 In this example, a three-layer gradient block is manufactured, but can be changed arbitrarily. For example, in this example, the shape of the mold to be used is changed, more block pieces are produced, more layers are formed, and a prosthesis forming block having a more natural color is manufactured. It's okay.
また、 縦型の铸型は、 横型の铸型に比べて、 ブロックを製造する 際に、 数多く のブロックを一度に製造できるものである。 よって、 上記のような形態でのグラデーショ ンブロックの製造において、 上 述した実施例は、 特に好ましいものである。 In addition, the vertical saddle can produce many blocks at a time when the block is manufactured, compared to the horizontal saddle. Therefore, in the production of the gradient block in the above-described form, the above-described embodiment is particularly preferable.
参考までに示すと、 図 1 4は、 得られた成型ブロック 8 7の写真 から書き起こ した斜視図 ( a ) 及び上面図 ( b ) である。 成型プロ ック 8 7を目視したとき、 それを構成するブロック A ( 8 2 ) 、 ブ ロック B ( 8 4 ) 及びブロック C ( 8 6 ) は、 それぞれ、 良好な歯 色を呈するとともに、 境界がぼやけたグラデーショ ンを提供し、 補 綴物に加工されたときにより 自然な審美性を提供しうることを立証 した。 なお、 成型ブロックのうちで、 リブ側は、 切り取られる部分 であり、 多少方向の違った層が見えても差し支えないものであって 、 実際加工される補綴物のブロックの該当部位は、 審美的に優れた グラデーショ ンが得られている。 For reference, FIG. 14 is a perspective view (a) and a top view (b) written from the photograph of the obtained molding block 87. Molding professional Block 8 (7), block B (84), and block C (86), each of which formed a good tooth color and the boundary was blurred Provided a grade and proved to be able to provide a more natural aesthetic when processed into a prosthesis. In addition, in the molding block, the rib side is a part to be cut out, and even if a layer with a slightly different direction can be seen, the corresponding part of the block of the prosthesis that is actually processed is aesthetic. Excellent grade is obtained.
実施例 5 Example 5
本例では、 実施例 4の一変形例として、 縦型の铸型を使用して歯 科補綴物加工用ブロックを製造するとき、 グラデーショ ンを水平な 積層ではなく、 曲線的配向にして、 より天然歯に近いグラデーショ ンブロックを得る例について、 図 1 5を参照して説明する。 なお、 本例の成型ブロックの製造は、 ブロック片 Bの形状を曲面とする形 状とした相異点を除いて、 基本的には実施例 4に記載の手法に従つ て行うことができるので、 ブロック片、 リブ、 铸型等、 実施例 4と 同じ構成を利用している部分については、 詳細な説明を省略するこ ととする。 In this example, as a variation of Example 4, when manufacturing a dental prosthesis processing block using a vertical saddle, the gradient is not a horizontal stack, but a curvilinear orientation. An example of obtaining a gradation block close to natural teeth will be described with reference to FIG. The molding block of this example can be manufactured basically according to the method described in Example 4 except for the difference that the shape of the block piece B is a curved surface. Therefore, detailed description of the parts using the same configuration as in Example 4, such as block pieces, ribs, and bowls, will be omitted.
最初に、 図 1 5 ( a ) で示すように、 ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) を透 明な支持容器 8 3に装着する。 ブロック片 A ( 8 2 ) にはリブ 8 1 が結合している。 その後、 図 1 5 ( b ) で示すように、 ブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) を支持容器 8 3に装着する。 なお; 本例で使用するプロ ック片 B ( 8 4 ) は、 実施例 4で使用したブロック片 B ( 8 4 ) と は異なって、 図示される通りに一部に曲面を有している。 図 1 5 ( c ) は、 図 1 5 ( b ) の支持容器 8 3 を上方から観察した図であり 、 図示される通り、 支持容器 8 3のブロック A及び Bの中間の空間 に複合樹脂材を供給するための供給口 8 3 dを有している。 次いで、 図 1 5 ( d ) で示すように、 铸型 1 1へ支持容器 8 3 ご と収容する。 その後、 図 1 5 ( e ) で示すように、 ブロック Cを形 成するための複合樹脂材 8 6を供給口 8 3 dを経由して支持容器 8 3に充填する。 この状態で、 回転攪拌装置で回転攪拌し、 その後、 青色可視光線を照射することで、 光重合により硬化させる。 First, as shown in FIG. 15 (a), the block piece A (8 2) is mounted on a transparent support container 83. The rib 8 1 is coupled to the block piece A (8 2). Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 15 (b), the block piece B (8 4) is attached to the support container 83. Note that the block piece B (84) used in this example is partially curved as shown in the figure, unlike the block piece B (84) used in Example 4. . FIG. 15 (c) is a view of the support container 8 3 of FIG. 15 (b) as viewed from above. As shown in the figure, a composite resin material is placed in the space between the blocks A and B of the support container 8 3. Has a supply port 8 3 d. Next, as shown in FIG. 15 (d), the support container 8 3 is accommodated in the bowl 11. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 15 (e), the support container 83 is filled with the composite resin material 86 for forming the block C through the supply port 83d. In this state, it is rotated and stirred with a rotating stirrer, and then cured by photopolymerization by irradiation with blue visible light.
光重合による硬化後、 支持容器 8 3に入れられたブロック A、 B 及び Cの一体化物を 1 4 0 〜 1 6 0 の温度で 2 〜 3時間にわたつ て加熱して熱重合を行う。 それぞれのブロック片どう し及び複合樹 脂材の硬化により、 ブロック A、 B及び Cが強固に結合し、 図 1 5 ( f ) で模式的に示すように、 十分に強度のある補綴物作成用成型 ブロック 8 7が得られる。 なお、 図 1 5 ( g ) は、 成型ブロック 8 7 を使用して実際に前歯の補綴物 M Gを得る部位の一例を示す。 当 該曲線的層の積層ブロックは、 その境界がわからない程度にするこ とができる場合がある。 After curing by photopolymerization, the integrated product of blocks A, B and C placed in the support vessel 83 is heated at a temperature of 140 to 160 for 2 to 3 hours to perform thermal polymerization. By hardening each block piece and composite resin material, blocks A, B, and C are firmly bonded together, and as shown schematically in Fig. 15 (f), it is used to create a sufficiently strong prosthesis. Molded blocks 8 7 are obtained. FIG. 15 (g) shows an example of a part for actually obtaining the anterior prosthesis MG using the molding block 8 7. In some cases, the curvilinear layered block can be made such that its boundary is not known.
実験例 1 Experimental example 1
本例では、 実施例 1 に記載の手法に従って歯科補綴物加工用の単 色ブロック及びグラデーショ ンブロックを製造する。 In this example, a monochromatic block and a gradient block for processing a dental prosthesis are manufactured according to the method described in the first embodiment.
単色ブロック及びグラデーショ ンブロックを作製するため、 下記 の第 1表に記載の組成となるように樹脂、 無機充填剤等を配合する 。 得られた複合樹脂材を図 1 ( a ) で示す縦型の铸型に充填し、 回 転攪拌機で 30分、 0. 6kPaの真空状態で、 気泡を取り除きつつ回転攪 拌を行い、 目的とするブロックを製造する。 第 1表 In order to produce a monochromatic block and a gradient block, a resin, an inorganic filler, and the like are blended so as to have the composition described in Table 1 below. The obtained composite resin material is filled into the vertical saddle shown in Fig. 1 (a), and is stirred for 30 minutes with a rotary stirrer in a vacuum state of 0.6 kPa while removing bubbles. The block to be manufactured is manufactured. Table 1
最初に、 樹脂材として ト リエチレングリコ一ルメ夕ク リ レー ト ( First, as the resin material, triglyceride glycolate (
TEGDMA) 1 8 %及びジウレ夕ンジメタク リ レー ト 4 %を用意し、 こ の樹脂材に、 無機充填剤として平均粒径 0 . l〜 5 ^ m前後のシリ 力 7 6 %、 平均粒径 1 0〜 1 0 0 nm前後のシリカ 2 %及び平均粒径 1〜 4 0 mのアルミナと、 その他、 着色剤として酸化鉄及び酸化 チタンと、 熱増感剤として過酸化ベンゾィルと、 光増感剤として力 ンファ一キノン及び N, N-ジメチルアミ ノエチルメ夕ク リ レー トと、 安定材としてヒ ドロキノ ンモノメチルェ一テルとを、 別容器に入れ て混ぜ、 回転攪拌装置 (練太郎 (商標) 、 シンキー社製、 ARV-310 ) により充分な混練を行う。 所定の組成を備えた複合樹脂材が得ら れる。 その後、 図 1 ( a ) で示す縦型の铸型のリブ貫通部に、 黄銅又は アルミニウムよりなる図 8 ( a ) で示すリブを挿入する。 鍀型にリ ブを取り付けた状態で、 上記した組成の第 1 の複合樹脂材を铸型の 下部空間に厚さ 2〜 3 mm程度の厚さで注入し、 充填する。 TEGDMA) 1 8% and diureta dimethacrylate 4% were prepared, and this resin material had an average particle size of 0.1 to 5 ^ m as an inorganic filler, 7 6%, average particle size 1 2% silica with an average particle size of 1 to 40 m and silica of about 0 to 100 nm, iron oxide and titanium oxide as colorants, benzoyl peroxide as a thermal sensitizer, and photosensitizer Nifaquinone and N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate as a stabilizer and hydroquinone monomethyl ether as a stabilizer are mixed in a separate container, and mixed with a rotary stirrer (Nitaro (trademark), manufactured by Sinky Corporation). , ARV-310). A composite resin material having a predetermined composition can be obtained. Thereafter, the rib shown in FIG. 8 (a) made of brass or aluminum is inserted into the vertical saddle-shaped rib penetrating portion shown in FIG. 1 (a). With the rib attached to the bowl, the first composite resin material having the above composition is poured into the lower space of the bowl in a thickness of about 2 to 3 mm and filled.
次いで、 図 2で示す回転攪拌装置 (シンキー社製、 ARV-310) に 铸型を取り付け、 軸〇 2を中心として自転 R 2 (1000〜2000 r p m ) で回転させるとともに、 軸〇 1 を中心として公転 R 1 (500〜100 O r p m) で回転させる。 この自転 · 公転を 30分間〜 1時間行った後 、 踌型に可視光等を 3 0〜 6 0分間照射して、 第 1 の複合樹脂材を 重合硬化させる。 Next, attach a saddle type to the rotary agitator shown in Fig. 2 (ARV-310, manufactured by Sinky Corporation), rotate it around axis 02 and rotate around R 2 (1000 to 2000 rpm), and center around axis 01 Rotate at revolution R 1 (500-100 O rpm). After this rotation / revolution is performed for 30 minutes to 1 hour, the vertical mold is irradiated with visible light or the like for 30 to 60 minutes to polymerize and cure the first composite resin material.
第 1の複合樹脂材の重合硬化が完了した後、 硬化した複合樹脂材 の上からそれと同一の組成を有する第 2の上記複合樹脂材を再び厚 さ 2〜 3 c m程度となるように充填し、 上記と同様、 回転攪拌処理 を行い、 可視光等の照射を行う。 重合硬化の結果、 第 2の複合樹脂 材を重合硬化させる。 After the polymerization curing of the first composite resin material is completed, the second composite resin material having the same composition as that of the cured composite resin material is again filled to a thickness of about 2 to 3 cm. In the same manner as described above, a rotating stirring process is performed and irradiation with visible light or the like is performed. As a result of the polymerization and curing, the second composite resin material is polymerized and cured.
上記のような複合樹脂材の充填と回転攪拌処理及び重合硬化を反 復し、 硬化した複合樹脂材で铸型内を充填させる。 次いで、 複合樹 脂材を 1 4 0〜 1 5 0で前後の温度で 1 2 0〜 3 6 0分間にわたつ て加熱重合する。 加熱重合の結果、 複合樹脂材の全体が完全に硬化 する。 The filling of the composite resin material as described above, the rotating stirring treatment and the polymerization curing are repeated, and the inside of the mold is filled with the cured composite resin material. Next, the composite resin material is heated and polymerized at 140 to 1550 at the front and back temperatures for 120 to 360 minutes. As a result of heat polymerization, the entire composite resin material is completely cured.
複合樹脂材の硬化後、 リブを铸型の開口部方向へ押すことで、 図 3で示す、 硬化した複合樹脂ブロック 1 3 とリブ 1 0よりなる成型 ブロックが取り出される。 After the composite resin material is cured, the molded block composed of the cured composite resin block 1 3 and the rib 10 shown in FIG. 3 is taken out by pushing the rib toward the vertical opening.
本例で示す硬化後の成型ブロックの形態は、 図 1 ( e ) で示す、 複合樹脂材 1 7 a〜 l 7 cのそれぞれの材質を同じにした構成であ る。 本例の一変形例として、 複合樹脂材 1 7 a〜 1 7 cの材質の配 色を変えることで、 グラデーションブロックの製造も可能となる。 なお、 配色を変更することに関して、 当該配色は、 リブの長軸方向 に対して垂直な層の配色であるけれども、 通常のグラデーショ ンブ ロックとは、 以下の説明からも理解されるように、 層の方向が 9 0 ° 異なるものであり、 目的により使い分けられるものであるという 点に留意されたい。 The form of the molded block after curing shown in this example is a configuration in which the materials of the composite resin materials 17a to l7c shown in FIG. 1 (e) are the same. As a modification of this example, the gradation block can be manufactured by changing the color scheme of the composite resin materials 17a to 17c. Regarding the change of the color scheme, the color scheme is the color scheme of the layer perpendicular to the major axis direction of the rib. However, as understood from the following explanation, the normal gradation block is the layer color scheme. It should be noted that the direction of is different by 90 ° and can be used according to the purpose.
また、 本例で示す光重合硬化工程では、 可視光等の照射能力が、 樹脂の厚さ 2〜 3 c m程度が適当であるため、 複数回の繰り返し処 理を行ったけれども、 可視光等の出力装置の能力によれば、 複合樹 脂材の一回の充填によっても成型可能な場合があるという点に留意 されたい。 In addition, in the photopolymerization curing process shown in this example, it is appropriate that the irradiation ability of visible light or the like is about 2 to 3 cm in thickness of the resin. It should be noted that, depending on the capabilities of the output device, it may be possible to mold with a single filling of the composite resin material.
さらに、 可視光等の照射強度は、 樹脂の厚さ 1 〜 1 0 m mに対し 、 通常、 1 0 0 0 0〜 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 uxが適当である。 照射強度が 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 uxを上回ると、 重合後の体積変化によるヒケ、 ソリ 、 内部空孔、 応力集中の点で問題があり、 1 0 0 0 0 l uxを下回る と、 硬化する時間が極端に長くなる等の点で好ましくない。 Furthermore, the irradiation intensity of visible light or the like is usually 10 000 0 to 1 000 0 0 1 ux is appropriate for the resin thickness of 1 to 10 mm. If the irradiation intensity exceeds 1 000 0 0 0 1 ux, there are problems in terms of sink marks, warpage, internal vacancies, and stress concentration due to volume change after polymerization. It is not preferable in terms of extremely long time.
ところで、 縦型の铸型において上方に向かって複合樹脂材の充填 、 硬化を繰り返して積層を行い、 2層目以上で、 上方と下方から光 照射で硬化させた場合、 下方が着色ブロック等、 遮光された組成で あると、 下方からの光照射がマスクされた状態となるため、 不均一 な硬化となる。 このため、 照射強度が強すぎる場合、 積層界面に内 部空孔が生じてしまい、 積層には不向きである。 これに対して、 本 例の製造方法によれば、 铸型のままの製造となり、 非常に手軽な取 り扱いにより加工用ブロックが製造できる。 By the way, in the vertical saddle type, the composite resin material is repeatedly filled and cured upward and laminated, and when it is cured by light irradiation from above and below in the second layer or more, the lower part is a colored block, etc. If the composition is light-shielded, light irradiation from below is masked, resulting in uneven curing. For this reason, when the irradiation intensity is too strong, internal vacancies are generated at the lamination interface, which is not suitable for lamination. On the other hand, according to the manufacturing method of this example, it is manufactured as a vertical shape, and a processing block can be manufactured by very easy handling.
実験例 2 Experimental example 2
本例では、 実施例 1 に記載の手法に従って歯科補綴物加工用のグ ラデーシヨ ンブロック (下記の第 2表に示す 6色) を製造する。 グラデーションブロックを作製するため、 本例では 2種類の複合 樹脂材 (以下、 レジンともいう) R 1及び R 2を使用する。 レジン R 1及び R 2の組成 (着色剤を除く) を以下に示す。 In this example, a dental block (6 colors shown in Table 2 below) for dental prosthesis processing is manufactured according to the method described in Example 1. In order to create a gradation block, this example uses two types of composites. Resin material (hereinafter also referred to as resin) R 1 and R 2 are used. The composition of resins R 1 and R 2 (excluding colorants) is shown below.
レジン R 1 : Resin R 1:
シリ力 (0.1〜 5 m径) 76w/w シリカ (1 0〜 1 0 0 nm径) 2w/w% 、 TEGDMA llw/w¾、 UDMA llw/w¾, カンファーキノン 0.02w/w%、 N, N- ジメチルアミノエチルメ夕クリ レート 02w/w%、 過酸化ベンゾィル : 0.02w/w% Siri force (0.1 to 5 m diameter) 76w / w silica (10 to 100 nm diameter) 2w / w%, TEGDMA llw / w¾, UDMA llw / w¾, camphorquinone 0.02w / w%, N, N- Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 02w / w%, benzoyl peroxide: 0.02w / w%
レジン R 2 : Resin R 2:
シリカ (0.1〜 5 m径) 67w/w%、 シリカ ( 1 0〜 1 0 0 nm 径) 7w/w TEGDMA 13w/w%, UDMA 13w/w¾ カンファーキノン 0.02w/w%、 N, N -ジメチルアミノエチルメ夕クリ レート 0.02w/w¾, 過酸化べンゾィ ル : 0.02w/w¾ Silica (0.1 to 5 m diameter) 67w / w%, Silica (10 to 100 nm diameter) 7w / w TEGDMA 13w / w%, UDMA 13w / w¾ Camphorquinone 0.02w / w%, N, N-dimethyl Aminoethyl methacrylate 0.02w / w¾, benzoyl peroxide: 0.02w / w¾
これらのレジンに着色剤 (黄色、 赤色、 白色) を組み合わせて、 異なる色の濃度勾配を有する複合樹脂材を調製する。 ここで、 濃度 勾配は、 以下で示すように、 1 0 0から 0までの間で区別を行う。 Combining these resins with colorants (yellow, red, white) to prepare composite resin materials having concentration gradients of different colors. Here, the concentration gradient distinguishes between 1 0 and 0 as shown below.
100: A1の顔料の濃度が 100%、 100: A1 pigment concentration is 100%,
50: A1の顔料の濃度が 50%、 50: A1 pigment concentration is 50%,
30: A1の顔料の濃度 30%、 30: A1 pigment concentration 30%,
20: A1の顔料の濃度が 20%、 20: A1 pigment concentration is 20%
10: A1の顔料の濃度が 10¾、 及び 10: A1 pigment concentration is 10¾, and
0: A1の顔料の濃度が 0%。 0: A1 pigment concentration is 0%.
なお、 A1相当の顔料組成は、 The pigment composition corresponding to A1 is
赤色の三二酸化鉄 0.00044w/w¾、 : Red iron sesquioxide 0.00044w / w¾,:
黄色の三二酸化鉄 0.0044w/w¾、 そして Yellow ferric oxide 0.0044w / w¾, and
白色の二酸化チタン 0.0716w/w%である。 調製した複合樹脂材を 、 それぞれ別の容器に入れる。 White titanium dioxide 0.0716w / w%. Put the prepared composite resin materials in separate containers.
本例では、 第 2表に示すように、 各層ごとの色の濃度及び上述し た組成のレジンの組み合わせを 1 0通り作成し、 それぞれの組み合 わせの複合樹脂材を回転攪拌装置にセッ トして、 自転公転を繰り返 しながら 3 0分間〜 1時間にわたって混練を行い、 それぞれ色の異 なる混合樹脂材を用意する。 In this example, as shown in Table 2, the color density of each layer and the above-mentioned 10 combinations of resins with the same composition were prepared, each composite resin material was set in a rotary stirrer and kneaded for 30 minutes to 1 hour while repeating rotation and revolution. Prepare mixed resin materials of different colors.
本例で使用する铸型は、 図 1で示す縦型の铸型である。 この铸型 を用いて、 まず濃い色の複合樹脂材を 0 . 3〜 l c mの厚さで充填 して、 複合樹脂材を铸型に入れたまま、 図 2で示す回転攪拌装置に 取り付けて回転攪拌処理を行う。 次いで、 青色領域の可視光線照射 装置により铸型の開口部から青色領域の可視光線をおおよそ 1 0 0 0秒間照射してこれを重合硬化させる。 よって、 硬化した樹脂層が 得られる。 The vertical type used in this example is the vertical type shown in FIG. Using this saddle shape, first, a dark composite resin material is filled to a thickness of 0.3 to 1 cm, and the composite resin material is placed in the saddle shape and attached to the rotary stirring device shown in FIG. Stir processing is performed. Next, the visible light in the blue region is irradiated with visible light in the blue region from the bowl-shaped opening for approximately 100 seconds, and this is polymerized and cured. Therefore, a cured resin layer is obtained.
その後、 硬化した樹脂層の上から下記の第 2表で示す色の複合樹 脂材を 0 . 3〜 0 . 8 c mの厚さで充填して、 回転攪拌装置により 、 上記と同様の時間にわたって回転攪拌処理を行う。 次いで、 可視 光等の照射装置により铸型の開口部から可視光等を 6 0〜 4 0 0 0 秒間にわたって照射してこれを重合硬化させる。 よって、 硬化した 樹脂層が得られる。 Then, the composite resin material of the color shown in Table 2 below is filled from the top of the cured resin layer with a thickness of 0.3 to 0.8 cm, and the same time as above by a rotary stirrer. A rotary stirring process is performed. Next, visible light or the like is irradiated from an opening of the bowl shape for 60 to 400 seconds by an irradiation device such as visible light, and this is polymerized and cured. Therefore, a cured resin layer is obtained.
さらに、 上記のようにして硬化した樹脂層の上から、 同じく下記 の第 2表で示す色の複合樹脂材を充填して、 上記と同様の回転攪拌 処理及び重合硬化処理を施して硬化した樹脂層を得る。 Further, the resin layer cured as described above is filled with a composite resin material having the same color as shown in Table 2 below, and cured by the same rotational stirring treatment and polymerization curing treatment as described above. Get a layer.
その後、 熱重合による硬化のため、 積層された硬化樹脂層が入つ たままの铸型を、 铸型のまま 1 4 0〜 1 6 0 で 3 0 0 0〜 1 0 0 0 0 0秒間にわたって加熱する。 重合硬化の完了後、 積層された硬 化樹脂層を铸型から取り出すと、 リブ付きのグラデーショ ンブロッ クが得られる。 After that, for curing by thermal polymerization, the vertical mold with the laminated cured resin layer still remains in the vertical shape for 1400 to 1600 for 3 00 0 to 1 0 00 0 00 seconds. Heat. After the polymerization and curing are completed, the laminated cured resin layer is taken out of the vertical mold to obtain a ribbed gradation block.
〔官能試験〕 [Sensory test]
上記のようにして 4層積層させたグラデーショ ンブロックを合計 8個作製し、 一人以上の目視による官能試験を行う。 得られた結果 を示したものが、 第 2表である。 この官能試験の結果、 少なく とも 2層目の境界は、 ほとんど確認できず、 さ らに 3層目以降もほとん ど境界を確認できなくなつている。 この結果、 官能試験に供したグ ラデーシヨ ンブロックは、 自然なグラデーショ ンをもち審美性に優 れていることがわかる。 Total of four grade blocks stacked as above Make 8 pieces and conduct visual sensory test by one or more people. Table 2 shows the results obtained. As a result of this sensory test, at least the boundary of the second layer can hardly be confirmed, and the boundary of the third and subsequent layers can hardly be confirmed. As a result, it can be seen that the gradation block subjected to the sensory test has a natural gradation and is excellent in aesthetics.
第 2表 (その 1 ) Table 2 (Part 1)
第 2表 (その 2 ) Table 2 (Part 2)
官能試験の判定基準 Criteria for sensory tests
◎ : 境界層がまったく 目立たない ; 〇 : よく見ると境界層がわか る ; △ : 境界層がわかる ; X : 境界層がはっきりわかる 〔強度試験〕 ◎: Boundary layer is not noticeable at all; 〇: Boundary layer is clearly understood by looking closely; △: Boundary layer is known; X: Boundary layer is clearly seen [Strength test]
上記のようにして 6層積層させたグラデーショ ンブロックを作製 する。 次いで、 グラデーションブロックをダイヤモンドカッターで 切りだし、 曲げ試験片 : サイズ 25匪 (長さ) X 2mm (高さ) X 2 mm ( 厚み) を作製する。 グラデーショ ンブロック由来の試験片を用意す ると共に、 比較例として 1層のみのブロックに由来する試験片も 3 個用意し、 これらの試験片に対し、 曲げ強度試験及び審美度の判定 を行う。 得られた結果を第 3表に示す。 Make a gradient block with 6 layers stacked as described above. Next, the gradation block is cut out with a diamond cutter, and a bending test piece: size 25 mm (length) X 2 mm (height) X 2 mm (thickness) is produced. In addition to preparing a test piece derived from a gradient block, prepare three test pieces derived from a block of only one layer as a comparative example, and perform a bending strength test and an aesthetic evaluation on these test pieces. The results obtained are shown in Table 3.
第 3表 Table 3
第 3表から、 6層積層させたブロックと 1層のブロックとは、 同 様の強度を備え、 また、 境界が認識できない自然なグラデーショ ン を備えた審美ブロックが得られることがわかる。 なお、 本例で得ら れるブロックは、 C A D C A Mで用いられる研削、 切削加工におい て、 積層境界面で破折や脱落するといつた問題がなく、 従来のレジ ン系ブロックの快削性と同様、 快削性を備えていた。 From Table 3, it can be seen that the 6-layer laminated block and the 1-layer block have the same strength, and an aesthetic block with a natural gradient with unrecognizable boundaries. In addition, the block obtained in this example has no problem when it breaks or falls off at the layer boundary in the grinding and cutting processes used in CADCAM. Like the free machinability of conventional resin blocks, It had free-cutting properties.
実験例 3 Experimental example 3
本例では、 実験例 1 に記載の手法に従う半透明のブロックの作製 を説明する。 In this example, the fabrication of a translucent block following the method described in Experimental Example 1 is explained.
半透明のブロックを作製するため、 下記の第 4表に記載の組成 ( 配合例) となるように樹脂、 無機充填剤等を配合する。 第 4表 In order to produce a translucent block, a resin, an inorganic filler, and the like are blended so that the composition shown in Table 4 below (formulation example) is obtained. Table 4
第 1表に記載の配合例に従い、 それぞれの試薬をプラスチック容 器に秤量し、 回転攪拌機 (練太郎 (商標) シンキー社製 ARV-310) で混合する。 次いで、 得られたペース トを図 1 に示す縦型の铸型に 充填し、 回転攪拌機 (練太郎 (商標) シンキー社製 ARV-310) で 2 0分間、 2. OkPaの真空状態で回転攪拌を行い、 気泡を取り除く。 そ の後、 铸型の側面から 4 7 O n m前後の波長の光を 1 0分間照射し て、 複合樹脂材を光重合により硬化させる。 さ らに続けて、 複合樹 脂材を熱重合により硬化させる。 重合硬化により形成されたブロッ クを铸型から取り出し、 CADCAM切削用ブロックとする。 このブロッ クは、 C AD C AMによる切削加工が十分に施され得る半透明なブ ロックである。 実験例 4 In accordance with the formulation example shown in Table 1, each reagent is weighed into a plastic container and mixed with a rotary stirrer (Nartaro (trademark) ARV-310, manufactured by Shinky Corporation). Next, the obtained paste was filled into the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1, and rotated and stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (ARV-310 manufactured by Nintaro (trademark) Shinky) 2. Opaque vacuum To remove bubbles. After that, the composite resin material is cured by photopolymerization by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 47 nm from the side surface of the saddle shape for 10 minutes. Subsequently, the composite resin material is cured by thermal polymerization. Remove the block formed by polymerization hardening from the mold and use it as a CADCAM cutting block. This block is a translucent block that can be fully machined by CADCAM. Example 4
本例では、 実験例 1 に記載の手法に従う加熱重合によるブロック の作製を説明する。 In this example, we will explain the preparation of a block by heat polymerization according to the method described in Experimental Example 1.
TEGDMA15¾, UDMA15¾、 過酸化ベンゾィル 0.09%、 シリカ (20nm平均 粒径、 ァ -メタクリ ロキシプロビルトリメ トキシシランでシラン力 ップリ ング処理したもの) 2%、 及びシリカ (0.3 _i m平均粒径、 ァ -メ タクリロキシプロビルトリメ トキシシランでシランカップリ ング処 理したもの) 68 の配合で、 試薬をプラスチック容器に抨量し、 回 転攪拌機 (練太郎 (商標) シンキー社製 ARV-310) で混合する。 得 られたペース トを図 1に示す縦型の铸型に充填し、 回転攪拌機 (練 太郎 (商標) シンキー社製 ARV-310) で 20分、 2. OkPaの真空状態で 回転攪拌を行い、 気泡を取り除く。 また、 別の型への充填方法とし て、 混合したペース トへ図 1に示す縦型の铸型を物理的および回転 攪拌により押し込んで、 ペース トを铸型に充填する。 それらを恒温 槽に入れ、 大気下、 窒素雰囲気下で 150 までプログラムで段階的 に昇温し、 硬化させる。 铸型からブロックを取り出し、 CADCAM切削 用ブロックとする。 結果、 窒素雰囲気下のものは、 大気下のものと 比べ、 表面、 形状ともきれいに成形できた。 そのものについて、 JI S T 6517に準拠し、 3点曲げ強さ試験を実施した結果、 3点曲げ強さ は 122MPaであつた。 TEGDMA15¾, UDMA15¾, benzoyl peroxide 0.09%, silica (20 nm average particle diameter, methacryloxypropyl trimethylsilane treated with silane force) 2%, and silica (0.3_im average particle diameter, (A product of silane coupling treatment with triacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane) In 68, weigh the reagent in a plastic container and mix it with a rotary stirrer (ARV-310 manufactured by Neritaro (trademark) Shinky). The obtained paste is filled in the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1, and is stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (ARV-310 made by Shintaro (trademark) Shinky) 2. Remove air bubbles. Another method for filling the mold is to push the vertical mold shown in Fig. 1 into the mixed paste by physical and rotary stirring to fill the paste into the mold. Put them in a thermostat and gradually raise the temperature up to 150 in the air and in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure. Remove the block from the saddle and use it as a CADCAM cutting block. As a result, the surface and shape of the product in a nitrogen atmosphere were more beautiful than those in the air. As a result of conducting a three-point bending strength test in accordance with JI ST 6517, the three-point bending strength was 122 MPa.
実施例 6 Example 6
本発明の一実施例を、 図 1 6を参照して説明する。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
測色手段 1 1 1 は、 図示のようなデジタルカメラ、 デジタルビデ ォ、 比色計等、 主に測色可能な手段が示される。 利用者用端末 1 1 2は、 当該システムを利用して補綴物の供給を受けようとするもの であって、 多少離れた場所にいる開業医、 歯科技工所等で例示され る。 測色手段 1 1 1で測色されたデータは、 例えば、 利用者端末 1 1 2で L * 、 a * 、 b * の値、 又は C、 M、 Y、 Κの色調情報値に分解 され、 同時に測色された、 隣在歯、 又は基準色データとの比較を行 い、 数値的調整をおこなってより近似色に調整する。 As the colorimetric means 1 1 1, means that can measure color mainly such as a digital camera, a digital video, and a colorimeter as shown in the figure are shown. The user terminal 1 1 2 is intended to receive the supply of prosthesis using the system, and is exemplified by a medical practitioner, a dental laboratory, etc., which are located at some distance. For example, the data measured by the colorimetric means 1 1 1 is decomposed by the user terminal 1 1 2 into L *, a *, b * values, or C, M, Y, and 色 color information values. Compare with the adjacent tooth or reference color data measured at the same time, adjust numerically, and adjust to an approximate color.
なお、 本発明は、 最終的に表面層が形成されるが、 当該表面性に よる被覆は、 審美にも大きく影響を与える、 従って、 ソフ トウェア によって、 仮想的に表面層を重ねることで、 最終的な見映えを検証 しながら、 色調の情報調整をおこなうことが好ましい。 In the present invention, a surface layer is finally formed, but the coating by the surface property greatly affects aesthetics. Therefore, the surface layer is virtually overlapped by software, so that the final surface layer is formed. It is preferable to adjust the color tone information while verifying the visual appearance.
表面被覆の仮想的配置の場合は、 要素としては、 透明度と厚みが 大きなパラメ一夕となり、 更に、 補綴物の位置、 隣在歯色等のパラ メ一夕が添えられ調整されることが好ましい。 In the case of a virtual arrangement of the surface coating, the elements are preferably parameters with large transparency and thickness, and are further adjusted with parameters such as the position of the prosthesis and the color of the adjacent teeth. .
双方向又は一方向のネッ トワーク 1 1 3は、 イン夕一ネッ ト、 ィ ントラネッ ト、 無線 L A N等が例示される。 また、 加工側端末 1 1 4は、 補綴物の形状情報及び色情報を入力し、 補綴物製造及び着色 工程を制御操作する側である。 Examples of the bi-directional or uni-directional network 1 1 3 include an intranet, an intranet, and a wireless LAN. Further, the processing side terminal 114 is a side that inputs shape information and color information of the prosthesis, and controls and operates the prosthesis manufacturing and coloring process.
測色手段 1 1 1からネッ トワーク 1 1 3までの構成は、 電子的、 機械的な目測色してデ一夕化し、 これを加工側端末 1 1 4に取り込 むことで、 より現実的で、 利便性の高い、 補綴物の印刷を実現しよ うとするものであるが、 少なく とも、 加工側端末 1 1 4以降の構成 により、 歯科医、 歯科技工士等の利用者が、 目視、 別途用意された 測色器具により直接加工側端末 1 1 4に色情報を入力するなどして 印刷色を決定すればよいことから、 必ずしも必須構成ではない場合 がある。 The configuration from the colorimetric means 1 1 1 to the network 1 1 3 is made more realistic by taking electronic and mechanical eye colorimetry and incorporating it into the processing terminal 1 1 4 It is intended to achieve convenient printing of prosthetics, but at least the configuration of the processing side terminal 1 14 or later allows dentists, dental technicians, etc. Since it is only necessary to determine the print color by inputting color information directly into the processing-side terminal 1 1 4 using a colorimetry tool prepared separately, it may not always be an essential configuration.
立体物用印刷手段 1 1 5は、 マテリアルプリン夕、 立体物印刷用 2次元ィンクジエツ 卜プリンタ等が例示される。 The three-dimensional object printing means 1 15 is exemplified by a material printer, a two-dimensional ink jet printer for three-dimensional object printing, and the like.
図示のノズル 1 1 5 aは、 インクジェッ ト用のノズルであり、 例 えば、 x y平面上を移動する。 移動の仕方は、 y軸方向に往復しな がら x軸方向に移動したり、 X軸方向に往復しながら、 y軸方向に 移動したりする。 又、 X軸方向、 又は y軸方向のみ往復し、 台座が 、 y軸方向又は X軸方向へ移動してもよい。 The illustrated nozzle 1 15 a is an ink jet nozzle, and, for example, moves on the xy plane. Do not reciprocate in the y-axis direction. Move in the x-axis direction, or move in the y-axis direction while reciprocating in the X-axis direction. Further, the pedestal may move in the y-axis direction or the X-axis direction by reciprocating only in the X-axis direction or the y-axis direction.
載置部 1 1 5 cは、 被着色用補綴物を載置する部分である。 載置 部 1 1 5 cは、 印刷手段 1 1 5で裏面や側面も塗装する場合がある ため、 回転可能であることが好ましい。 The placement portion 1 1 5 c is a portion on which the coloring prosthesis is placed. The mounting portion 1 15 c is preferably rotatable because the printing means 1 15 may also coat the back and side surfaces.
加工手段 1 1 6は、 未加工のブロック Bを z軸方向に延びた回転 ミルを移動させて、 削り、 回転装着部 1 1 6 bを回転させて、 補綴 物 Hを得るための装置であり、 図 1 6では、 その一部を示してある メディア 1 1 7は、 測色手段 1 1 1で得られたデータを記録し、 加工側端末 1 1 4へデータを移動させるためのものであり、 補綴部 位の印象凹模型 I S と共に、 持参、 郵送、 宅配ルート 1 1 7 aで送 付するものである。 Machining means 1 1 6 is a device for obtaining a prosthesis H by moving an unprocessed block B by moving a rotary mill extending in the z-axis direction, cutting it, and rotating the rotary mounting part 1 1 6 b Fig. 16 shows a part of the media 1 1 7 for recording the data obtained by the colorimetric means 1 1 1 and moving the data to the processing terminal 1 1 4 Along with the impression concave model IS of the prosthetic site, it is sent by bringing, mailing, delivery route 1 1 7 a.
次に、 本発明の動作を、 図 1 6、 図 1 7等を参照して詳細に説明 する。 Next, the operation of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 16, FIG.
図 1 6において、 歯牙欠損部上の支台歯 S Hと隣接歯 RH 1、 RH2の 歯色を測色手段 1 1 1で測定する。 測色手段 1 1 1 は、 より肉眼で の測色に近い測定器、 例えば比色計としてクリスタルアイ (商標) ; オリンパス社製、 Shade scan (商標) ; cynovad社製、 専用の力 メラとしてアイスペシャル (商標) ; 松風社製等を用いる。 In Fig. 16, the tooth color of the abutment tooth SH and the adjacent teeth RH1 and RH2 on the missing tooth portion is measured by the colorimetric means 1 1 1. The colorimetric means 1 1 1 is a measuring instrument that is closer to the naked eye, such as Crystal Eye (trademark) as a colorimeter; Shade scan (trademark) manufactured by Olympus; Special (trademark); used by Matsukaze.
この場合、 隣接歯の色の値を符号化することが、 好ましいが、 困 難な場合は、 規格化されたシェード値をもつ標準体 R Sを隣接して 撮影することが好ましい。 In this case, it is preferable to encode the color value of the adjacent tooth. However, when it is difficult, it is preferable to photograph the standard RS having a standardized shade value adjacently.
また、 測色手段 1 1 1では補綴物の色を測定できない場合は、 歯 科医、 歯科技工士等の目測による決定に置き換えても良い。 Also, if the colorimetric means 1 1 1 cannot measure the color of the prosthesis, it may be replaced by a visual measurement by a dentist or dental technician.
測色手段 1 1 1で得られた色データは、 U S Bケーブル 1 1 3 a 等を介して、 利用者用端末 1 1 2に入力され、 補綴物色の決定等が されると、 このデータをネッ トワーク 1 1 3を介して加工側端末 1 1 4で、 メール送付、 特定のホームページへのアップロードなどの 手法により入手可能にする。 Color measurement method 1 1 1 The color data obtained by 1 is USB cable 1 1 3 a When the prosthesis color is determined, etc., is input to the user terminal 1 1 2 via the network etc., this data is sent to the processing side terminal 1 1 4 via the network 1 1 3 Make it available by uploading to the homepage.
更に、 当該欠損部に対し、 印象を取り、 内側に外観を備えた凹模 型 I Sを取得する。 当該凹模型から、 補綴物 Hのマージンライン、 最大豊隆部、 咬合面を取得し、 その他の部分は、 数学的補完をして 補綴物形状データを取得する。 In addition, an impression is taken of the missing part, and a concave IS having an inside appearance is obtained. From the concave model, the margin line of the prosthesis H, the maximum ridge, and the occlusal surface are obtained, and the other parts are mathematically complemented to obtain the prosthesis shape data.
他方、 補綴物を作製することまでを請け負う利用者の場合は、 印 象凹模型 I Sを送る必要があるため、 測色データを S Dカード類、 U S Bメモリ類、 C D、 D VD類等のメディァ 1 1 7に記憶させ、 印象凹模型 I S と共にルート 1 1 7 aを介して郵送、 宅配してもよ い。 On the other hand, for users who undertake to make prosthetics, it is necessary to send the imprinted model IS, so the colorimetric data can be transferred to media such as SD cards, USB memories, CDs, DVDs, etc. 1 It can be memorized in 1 7 and mailed or delivered via route 1 1 7 a together with the impression impression model IS.
加工用端末 1 1 4は、 入手した印象凹模型 I Sから、 ワックスァ ップ、 ワックスアップレス法を用いて補綴物模型、 仮想模型を形成 して、 更に補綴物形状 Hを示すデータを C ADを利用して取得し、 このデータに基づいて、 加工用ブロック Bを加工する。 The processing terminal 1 1 4 creates a prosthetic model and a virtual model using the wax-up and wax-upless method from the acquired impression concave model IS. The processing block B is processed based on this data.
加工は、 例えば図 1 6で示す C AMタイプの加工手段 (一部だけ 表示) 1 1 6で加工する。 ミル 1 1 6 aにより、 ブロック Bの側面 から加工していく。 ブロック Bは、 加工手段 1 1 6のブロック装着 部 1 1 6 bにリブ Rを挿入して固定される。 For example, machining is performed with the CAM type machining means shown in Fig. 16 (partially shown) 1 1 6. Machining from the side of block B with mill 1 1 6 a. Block B is fixed by inserting rib R into block mounting part 1 1 6 b of processing means 1 1 6.
加工後のブロックを図 1 7 ( a ) で示す。 図 1 7 ( a ) の状態で 、 補綴物 Hとリブ Rを切り離し、 図 1 7 ( b ) で示す状態とする。 図 1 7 (b ) は、 補綴物を側面から見た図である。 The block after processing is shown in Fig. 17 (a). In the state shown in Fig. 17 (a), the prosthesis H and the rib R are separated, and the state shown in Fig. 17 (b) is obtained. Figure 17 (b) is a side view of the prosthesis.
補綴物 Hは、 図 1 6で示す立体物用印刷手段 1 1 5の載置部 1 1 5 c上に前面を上にして載置される。 The prosthesis H is placed on the placing portion 1 15 c of the three-dimensional object printing unit 1 15 shown in FIG.
加工側端末 1 1 4に入力された色データは、 グラフィ ック加工可 能な汎用プログラムで開く。 図 1 8は、 利用者端末 1 1 4の画面上 のプログラム表示である。 Color data input to the processing terminal 1 1 4 can be processed graphically Open with a general purpose program. Figure 18 shows the program display on the screen of user terminal 1 14.
図 1 8 ( a ) において、 加工エリア 1 3 3に、 補綴物輪郭 1 3 4 を移動ペース 卜する。 In FIG. 18 (a), the prosthesis contour 1 3 4 is moved to the machining area 1 3 3.
カラーボックス 1 3 2の C MYK入力部に測色手段 1 1 1で測定 した際の C MYK値を入力すると共に、 比較調整して、 グラデーシ ヨ ンを持つ歯色を決定する。 図 1 8 ( b ) は、 グラデーショ ン 1 3 5を試行している状態を示す。 Input the C MYK value measured by the colorimetric means 1 1 1 into the C MYK input section of the color box 1 3 2 and compare and adjust to determine the tooth color with the gradation. Fig. 18 (b) shows the state where the gradient 1 3 5 is being tried.
また、 複数の色を重ね合わせて、 歯色を試行する図を図 1 9に示 す。 Also, Fig. 19 shows a diagram in which multiple colors are superimposed and the tooth color is tried.
図 1 9のカラ一 A ( 1 4 1 ) と補綴物 A ( 1 4 2 ) とを重ね合わ せた状態、 カラ一 B ( 1 4 3 ) と補綴物 A ( 1 4 4 ) を重ね合わせ た状態を並べて表示し、 これらを画面上で重ね併せて、 色の状態を 見ることができる。 Fig. 1 9 Color A (1 4 1) and prosthesis A (1 4 2) superimposed, Color B (1 4 3) and prosthesis A (1 4 4) superimposed Can be displayed side-by-side and superimposed on the screen to see the color status.
これらの試行を繰り返し、 決定した歯色に基づいて、 立体物用印 刷手段 1 1 5を駆動させ、 印刷する。 これを繰り返して、 表面にグ ラデーショ ンを有する着色を行う。 These trials are repeated, and the three-dimensional object printing means 1 15 is driven and printed based on the determined tooth color. This process is repeated to color the surface with gradation.
立体物用 2次元印刷手段 1 1 5は、 2次元データに基づいて 3次 元形状を印刷するため、 ソフ トウェアの操作が簡単ではありながら 、 調整された審美補綴物が得られるが、 補綴物 H全体を着色する場 合は、 図 1 7 ( c ) で示す様な回転する載置部 1 1 5 cが用いられ る。 2D printing means for solid objects 1 1 5 is a 3D shape printed on the basis of 2D data, so it is easy to operate the software, but an adjusted esthetic prosthesis can be obtained. When coloring the entire H, a rotating mounting portion 1 15 c as shown in FIG. 17 (c) is used.
載置部 1 1 5 cは、 両側に補綴物 Hを挟み込み固定する保持部 1 1 5 c 1 と 1 1 5 c 2が軸 1 1 5 c 3を中心に回転可能に形成され ている。 The mounting portion 1 1 5 c is formed so that holding portions 1 1 5 c 1 and 1 1 5 c 2 sandwiching and fixing the prosthesis H on both sides can rotate around the shaft 1 1 5 c 3.
インクジェッ トヘッ ド 1 1 5 aが前後左右に移動しながら、 イン クを吐出し着色する。 図 1 7 ( d) は、 図 1 7 ( c ) を 9 0度回転 させて示した図である。 Inkjet head 1 1 5 a As it moves back and forth, left and right, ink is ejected and colored. Fig. 17 (d) rotates Fig. 17 (c) 90 degrees. It is the figure shown.
補綴物 Hが前歯の場合は、 グラデーショ ンを持つ着色面が、 前面 に限ってもよいので、 図 1 7 ( c ) で示すような回転載置部 1 1 5 cを用いなくてもよい場合もある。 When the prosthesis H is an anterior tooth, the colored surface with the gradient may be limited to the front surface, so that it is not necessary to use the rotating mounting part 1 15 c as shown in Fig. 17 (c) There is also.
図 1 7 ( e ) は、 着色後の補綴物 Hの断面図であり、 H I は、 白 色の下地であり、 H 2は、 実際の歯牙色である。 H 3は、 裏面であ り、 実際の歯牙色を印刷したものである。 FIG. 17 (e) is a cross-sectional view of the prosthesis H after coloring, H I is a white base, and H 2 is the actual tooth color. H3 is the back side, printed with the actual tooth color.
最後に表面処理を行う。 表面処理は、 例えば上記した表 Aの組成 1の溶液に印刷後の補綴物を浸積し、 光硬化処理を行って、 表面層 H 4を得る。 当該表面層は、 印刷面の剥がれを防止すると共に、 水 性インクではだせない油性インクの審美を保護し向上させる。 Finally, surface treatment is performed. In the surface treatment, for example, the printed prosthesis is immersed in the solution of composition 1 in Table A described above, and a light curing treatment is performed to obtain the surface layer H4. The surface layer protects and improves the aesthetics of oil-based inks that cannot be removed with water-based inks while preventing the printed surface from peeling.
次に、 ブロック Bの具体的配合例と製法例を説明する。 下記の表 Bは、 ブロック Bの配合例である。 Next, specific blending examples and production examples of block B will be described. Table B below is an example of Block B formulation.
表 B Table B
表 Bの配合例 (組成 6又は 7 ) に従い、 試薬をプラスチック容器 に抨量し、 回転攪袢機 (練太郎 (商標) ARV-310 ; シンキー社製) で混合する。 得られたペース トを図 1 に示す縦型の铸型に注入し、 回転攪拌機 (練太郎 (商標) ARV-310) で 20分、 2. OkPaの真空状態 で回転攪拌を行い、 気泡を取り除く。 その後、 铸型の側面から 470η m前後の波長の光を 10分間照射してブロックを硬化させる。 铸型か らブロックを取り出し、 CAD/CAM切削用ブロックとする。 In accordance with the formulation example in Table B (Composition 6 or 7), weigh the reagent in a plastic container and mix with a rotary stirrer (Nertaro (trademark) ARV-310; manufactured by Sinky Corporation). The obtained paste is poured into the vertical bowl shown in Fig. 1 and stirred for 20 minutes with a rotary stirrer (Nertaro ARV-310). . After that, the block is cured by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 470 ηm for 10 minutes from the side of the bowl. Remove the block from the saddle and use it as a CAD / CAM cutting block.
実施例 7 Example 7
図 1 6で示す隣接歯 R H 1 と R H 2 に挟まれた支台歯 S Hから、 対合歯型を含む印象を取り、 凹模型 I S とする。 From the abutment tooth S H sandwiched between the adjacent teeth R H 1 and R H 2 shown in Fig. 16, an impression including a pair of teeth is taken to form a concave model I S.
当該凹模型 I Sから補綴物 Hの形状データを形成し、 このデ一夕 に基づいて上述した製法で得られた透明ブロック Bを加工手段 1 1 6 ( C A D I M (登録商標) 1 0 5 ; アドバンス社製) で加工して 、 透明な前歯部クラウンを得る。 The shape data of the prosthesis H is formed from the concave model IS, and the transparent block B obtained by the above-described manufacturing method is processed based on this data. 6 (CADIM (registered trademark) 10 5; made by Advance Co., Ltd.) to obtain a transparent front tooth crown.
使用者の目視によりシェード S Hと隣接歯 R H 1 , R H 2の色と 比較しながら、 最適なシェードを決定し、 その色データを図 1 8で 示す色データ入力ボックス 1 3 2に入力する。 The user visually determines the optimum shade while comparing the shade SH with the colors of the adjacent teeth R H 1 and R H 2, and inputs the color data into the color data input box 1 3 2 shown in Fig. 18.
当該入力ボックス 1 3 2に入力した値に基づいて、 色彩データに グラデーショ ンの仮想的配色等を行い、 試行的に繰り返し行う。 更に試し印刷を、 同模型を複数製作するかダミー模型で試し、 色 彩を決定する。 Based on the value entered in the input box 1 3 2, perform a virtual coloration of the gradation on the color data and repeat it on a trial basis. Furthermore, test printing is performed by making a plurality of the same model or by using a dummy model and determining the color.
プリン夕は、 DJ -3203P ro (商標) (エイ · アイ · シィ社製) を使 用する。 上述で作製した前歯部クラウン (未着色) を、 プリン夕の ヘッ ドに対し、 唇側面が正面になるよう、 プリン夕のステージ上に 粘土で設置する。 そして、 設置した位置を定規等で把握し、 ソフ ト 上で印刷位置を決定した。 最初に、 レイヤー 1 (白下地色) につい て補綴物に印刷を行う。 10分程度室温で乾燥させ、 続けてレイヤー 2 (メインの着色) について同一の補綴物に印刷を行う。 同様に、 10分程度室温で乾燥させ、 印刷表面に組成 1のペース トをディ ツビ ングで塗付し、 470ηπι前後の波長の光を 10分間照射して硬化させる 。 それを、 100 で 3時間、 乾燥機で加熱して表面層を形成して前歯 部クラゥンを作製する。 For printing, DJ-3203Pro (trademark) (manufactured by AIC Co., Ltd.) is used. Place the anterior crown (uncolored) prepared in the above with clay on the stage, so that the side of the lips faces the front of the head. The installation position was grasped with a ruler, and the printing position was determined on the software. First, print on the prosthesis for layer 1 (white ground color). Dry at room temperature for about 10 minutes, then print on the same prosthesis for layer 2 (main coloring). Similarly, it is dried at room temperature for about 10 minutes, a paste of composition 1 is applied to the printing surface by dipping, and cured by irradiating light with a wavelength of around 470ηπι for 10 minutes. It is heated in a dryer at 100 for 3 hours to form a surface layer to produce an anterior tooth crown.
本例で作製した前歯部クラウンは、 目視的にも隣接歯とのバラン スがとれた状態の配色である。 なお、 ブロック Βは、 透明ブロック の他、 例えば図 1 4で示すグラデーションブロックを用いても良く 、 その場合は、 色層の境界で生じるラインを消すような着色が行わ れても良い。 The anterior tooth crown produced in this example has a color scheme that is visually balanced with the adjacent teeth. The block Β may be, for example, a gradation block shown in FIG. 14 in addition to the transparent block. In this case, coloring may be performed so as to erase the line generated at the boundary of the color layer.
実施例 8 Example 8
本例では、 油性インクの使用について説明する。 油性インク (PMMA 5wt¾、 TEGDMA/UDMA lwt¾, シリカ lwt% : 20nm 平均粒径 ァ-メ夕クリ ロキシプロビルトリメ トキシシランでシラ ンカップリ ング処理したもの、 顔料各 2.5wt%: 酸化チタン、 黄色三 二酸化鉄、 ベンガラ、 カンファーキノン 0. lwt%以下、 ヒ ドロキノン モノメチルエーテル 0. lwt%以下、 N, N-ジメチルアミノエチルメタク リ レート 0. lwt¾以下、 酢酸ェチル /ブ夕ノール 90.5 wt%) に基づい た成分よりなる油性インクを製造し、 当該インクを用いて、 実施例 8 と同様な手法に従って印刷を行う。 実施例 8で得られた結果と遜 色のない程度で、 透明な前歯クラウンに着色を施すことができる。 実施例 9 In this example, the use of oil-based ink will be described. Oil-based ink (PMMA 5wt¾, TEGDMA / UDMA lwt¾, silica lwt%: 20nm average particle diameter, silane silane treated with xyloprovir trimethyoxysilane, pigment 2.5wt% each: titanium oxide, yellow iron trioxide , Bengala, camphorquinone 0.1 lwt% or less, hydroquinone monomethyl ether 0.1 lwt% or less, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 0.1 lwt¾ or less, ethyl acetate / butanol 90.5 wt%) An oil-based ink comprising the components is produced, and printing is performed using the ink according to the same method as in Example 8. A transparent front tooth crown can be colored to the same extent as the results obtained in Example 8. Example 9
本例では、 繊維を配向させることで強度が高められたブロックの 製造について、 図 2 0及び図 2 1 を参照しながら説明する。 なお、 図 2 0及び図 2 1は、 本例の製造方法を順を追って説明するもので 、 それぞれ、 製造方法の前半及び後半を示している。 In this example, the manufacture of a block whose strength is increased by orienting fibers will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21. FIG. FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 explain the manufacturing method of this example step by step, and show the first half and the second half of the manufacturing method, respectively.
図 2 0及び 2 1 において、 参照番号 2 0 1 は、 繊維束であり、 ガ ラス、 プラスチック等で形成されている。 また、 2 0 2は、 結束バ ンドであり、 繊維束 2 0 1が結束して保持されるためのバンドであ ればよく、 伸縮性のあるゴム帯が例示される。 In FIGS. 20 and 21, reference numeral 2 0 1 is a fiber bundle, which is made of glass, plastic or the like. Further, 20 2 is a bundling band and may be a band for bundling and holding the fiber bundle 20 1, and an elastic rubber band is exemplified.
参照番号 2 0 3は、 繊維束端部固定用型 Aであり、 2 0 5は、 繊 維束端部固定用型 Bであり、 そして 2 0 4は、 繊維束端部固定用硬 化剤である。 端部固定用硬化剤 2 0 4は、 形成されるブロックと同 じ材料により構成されることが、 できあがりのブロックに不要な色 差が無い点で、 好ましい。 Reference numeral 20 3 is a fiber bundle end fixing mold A, 2 0 5 is a fiber bundle end fixing mold B, and 2 0 4 is a fiber bundle end fixing hardener. It is. The end-fixing curing agent 204 is preferably composed of the same material as the block to be formed, because there is no unnecessary color difference in the finished block.
参照番号 2 0 6は、 型本体であり、 端部固定用型が収容可能な程 度の内容積を備えている。 2 0 7は、 型本体 2 0 6用の蓋であり、 型本体 2 0 6の上部に装着される。 また、 2 0 8は、 固定帯であり 、 型本体 2 0 6 と型本体用蓋 2 0 7 とが装着された状態を、 この固 定帯 2 0 8を卷く ことで固定されるような、 伸縮性を備えたもの、 あるいは、 結ぶことが可能な紐、 等で形成される。 Reference numeral 2 06 is a mold body having an internal volume that can accommodate the end fixing mold. 2 0 7 is a lid for the mold body 2 06 and is attached to the upper part of the mold body 2 0 6. In addition, 20 8 is a fixed band, and the state where the mold body 20 06 and the mold body lid 20 07 are attached is shown in FIG. It is made of a stretchable material that can be fixed by rolling the fixed band 2 8 or a string that can be tied.
参照番号 2 0 9は、 型本体 2 0 6 と型本体用蓋 2 0 7 とが装着さ れた状態のとき、 繊維束 2 0 1が両端から内方向へ押されることで 膨らんだ、 繊維束 2 0 1の膨らみ部である。 Reference number 20 9 is a fiber bundle that swells when the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is pushed inward from both ends when the mold body 2 0 6 and the mold body lid 2 0 7 are attached. 2 0 1 bulge.
2 1 0は、 上述したような本発明の複合樹脂材、 典型的にはレジ ンとセラミックスの複合材スラリーである。 硬化後、 型に基づくブ ロック 1 0 1が形成される。 2 10 is the composite resin material of the present invention as described above, typically a resin and ceramic composite material slurry. After curing, a block 10 1 based on the mold is formed.
2 1 1は、 リブであり、 加工ジグへブロック 1 0 1 を装着するた めの金属材で形成される部分である。 このような据え置きリブが不 要な場合もある。 リブ 2 1 1 は、 硬化後のブロック 1 0 1 の側面に 接着等で固定される。 2 1 1 is a rib, which is a portion formed of a metal material for mounting the block 1 0 1 to the processing jig. In some cases, such a stationary rib is unnecessary. The rib 2 1 1 is fixed to the side surface of the hardened block 10 1 by adhesion or the like.
2 1 2は、 加工具であり、 回転ドリル、 ミル等、 回転しながら、 ブロック 1 0 1 を研削、 切削する為のジグである。 2 1 2 is a processing tool, such as a rotary drill or a mill, which is used to grind and cut the block 1 0 1 while rotating.
2 1 3は、 支台歯であり、 2 3 1 は、 歯肉部を示した略図である 2 1 3 is an abutment tooth, 2 3 1 is a schematic diagram showing the gingival part
2 1 4は、 加工後の連冠タイプの補綴物であり、 2 4 1 は、 支台 歯装着凹部である。 2 1 4 is a post-processed crown-type prosthesis, and 2 4 1 is an abutment tooth mounting recess.
2 1 5は、 対合歯の略図である。 2 1 5 is a schematic diagram of a pair of teeth.
次いで、 本例の実施を具体的に説明する。 Next, the implementation of this example will be specifically described.
最初に、 図 2 0 ( a ) で示すように、 繊維を束ねた、 場合によつ ては間隔を保った状態の、 繊維束 2 0 1 を結束バンド 2 0 2で固定 する。 次に、 図 2 0 ( b ) で示すように、 端部固定用型 A ( 2 0 3 ) 、 及び図示されていないが、 端部固定用型 B ( 2 0 5 ) の両方の 丸穴に端部固定用硬化剤 2 0 4を充填する。 次いで、 図 2 0 ( c ) で示すように、 繊維束 2 0 1の末端を端部固定用型 A ( 2 0 3 ) の 端部固定用硬化剤 2 0 4に浸潰し、 同様に、 繊維束 2 0 1 の他端を 端部固定用型 B ( 2 0 5 ) の端部固定用硬化剤 0 0 4に浸漬する。 そして、 端部固定用硬化剤 2 0 4を熱や光で硬化させる。 First, as shown in FIG. 20 (a), the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is bound with a binding band 2 0 2, where the fibers are bundled and in some cases at intervals. Next, as shown in FIG. 20 (b), the end fixing mold A (2 0 3) and the end fixing mold B (2 0 5), which are not shown, are inserted into the round holes. Fill with edge fixing curing agent 204. Next, as shown in FIG. 20 (c), the end of the fiber bundle 2 0 1 is immersed in an end fixing curing agent 2 0 4 of the end fixing mold A (2 0 3). The other end of the bundle 2 0 1 Immerse in an end fixing curing agent 0 0 4 of the end fixing mold B (2 0 5). Then, the end fixing curing agent 204 is cured by heat or light.
硬化剤 2 0 4の硬化が完了した後、 結束バンド 2 0 2を、 切り取 る等して取り外す。 次に、 ブロックの型となる、 図 2 0 ( d ) で示 す型本体 2 0 6に、 図 2 0 ( c ) で示す繊維束 2 0 1の両端を端部 固定用硬化剤 2 0 4で、 それぞれ端部固定用型 A ( 2 0 3 ) 及び端 部固定用型 B ( 2 0 5 ) に固定したものを、 挿入する (図 2 0 ( e ) を参照されたい) 。 After curing of the curing agent 20 4 is completed, the binding band 2 0 2 is removed by cutting or the like. Next, both ends of the fiber bundle 2 0 1 shown in FIG. 2 0 (c) are attached to the end of the mold body 2 0 6 shown in FIG. 2 0 (d), which is the block mold, 2 0 4 Then, those fixed to the end fixing mold A (203) and the end fixing mold B (205) are inserted (see Fig. 20 (e)).
その後、 図 2 0 ( f ) で示すように、 型本体 2 0 6の上面を蓋 2 0 7で覆い、 ひも等の固定帯 2 0 8で固定する。 この時、 繊維束 2 0 1 は、 中央が膨らんだ膨らみ部 2 0 9が形成されるように、 スぺ —サ一等を利用して調整される。 なお、 繊維束 2 0 1 は、 予め平行 に間隔をおいた状態で、 設定されてもよい。 Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 20 (f), the upper surface of the mold body 2 06 is covered with a lid 2 0 7 and fixed with a fixing band 2 0 8 such as a string. At this time, the fiber bundle 20 0 1 is adjusted using a spacer or the like so that a bulge portion 20 9 having a swelled center is formed. Note that the fiber bundle 20 1 may be set in a state of being spaced in parallel in advance.
次いで、 図 2 1 ( g ) で示すように、 蓋 2 0 7の注入孔 7 1から 複合樹脂材 (レジン複合材) 2 1 0を注入して、 本発明での使用が 推奨されている自転 · 公転方式の攪拌機を用いて真空下で、 自転公 転により脱泡しながら混練し、 さらに熱や光で重合硬化させる。 こ の際、 繊維束 2 0 1の中央が膨らんだ膨らみ部 2 0 9が形成されて いるため、 繊維間にスペースをつくることができ、 気泡のないレジ ンでできた充填ブロック 1 0 1 を容易に得ることができる。 また、 予め充填スペースが繊維間でできるよう、 繊維間に様々な形状のス ぺ―サ—を配置しても良い。 硬化後、 型からブロックを取り出し、 図 2 1 ( h ) で示すように、 切削加工用のリブ 2 1 1 をブロック 1 0 1 の側面に接着剤等で取り付ける。 Next, as shown in FIG. 21 (g), a composite resin material (resin composite material) 2 10 is injected from the injection hole 7 1 of the lid 20 7, and rotation recommended for use in the present invention is performed. · Using a revolving stirrer, knead while defoaming by rotation and rotation under vacuum, and then polymerize and cure with heat and light. At this time, since a bulging portion 2 09 is formed in which the center of the fiber bundle 20 1 swells, a space can be created between the fibers, and a filling block 1 0 1 made of a resin free of bubbles can be formed. Can be easily obtained. In addition, spacers having various shapes may be arranged between the fibers so that a filling space is formed between the fibers in advance. After curing, remove the block from the mold and attach the cutting rib 2 1 1 to the side of the block 1 0 1 with an adhesive or the like as shown in Fig. 2 1 (h).
実際の使用に関しては、 図 2 1 ( i ) で示すように、 CAD/CAM切 削加工機械に設置し、 加工具 2 1 2により研削、 切削加工される。 このようにして、 図 2 1 ( j ) で示されるような補綴物 (ブリ ッジ ) 2 1 4が完成する。 図 2 1 ( j ) は実際に、 歯肉 2 3 1上の 2つ の支台歯 2 1 3上に、 ブリ ッジ 2 1 4の支台歯装着凹部 2 4 1 を宛 がって装着しょうとする図である。 As for actual use, as shown in Fig. 2 1 (i), it is installed in a CAD / CAM cutting machine and is ground and cut by the processing tool 2 1 2. In this way, the prosthesis (bridge) as shown in Fig. 21 (j) ) 2 1 4 is completed. Fig. 2 1 (j) is actually attached to the two abutment teeth 2 1 3 on the gum 2 3 1 with the abutment mounting recesses 2 4 1 of the bridge 2 1 4 facing FIG.
図 2 1 ( k ) は、 ブリ ッジ 2 1 4を 2つの支台歯 2 1 3に装着し た状態である。 この図で示すように、 加工後の補綴物 2 1 4を設置 した場合、 対合歯 2 1 5との咬合方向に対して、 繊維を横方向に配 向させているので、 引張りの応力を強化でき、 靭性の高いブロック を作製できる可能性がある。 さらに強化目的だけではなく、 複数本 の繊維と結合しているため、 破折した場合、 補綴物の脱落による誤 飲を確率的に防ぐことができる。 FIG. 2 1 (k) shows a state in which the bridge 2 1 4 is attached to the two abutment teeth 2 1 3. As shown in this figure, when the prosthesis 2 1 4 after processing is installed, the fibers are oriented in the transverse direction with respect to the occlusal direction with the opposing teeth 2 1 5, so the tensile stress is reduced. There is a possibility that a block with high toughness can be produced. Furthermore, not only for the purpose of reinforcement, but also because it is bonded to multiple fibers, in the event of breakage, accidental ingestion due to the loss of the prosthesis can be prevented probabilistically.
本例の実施において、 繊維の素材としては、 例えば、 ガラス繊維 、 ポリエチレン、 ポリプロピレン、 ポリアクリルといったプラスチ ック繊維を挙げることができ、 また、 これらの繊維の径は、 通常、 数 Ι Οηπ!〜 の範囲であるのが好ましい。 繊維の表面処理は、 繊 維がガラス繊維の場合はァ-メ夕クリルプロピルトリメ トキシシラ ンといつた 合性モノマーが導入でさるシランカップリング処理、 プラスチック繊維の場合は、 プラズマ処理、 コロナ放電、 UV処理に より水酸基 カルボキシル基、 アミノ基といった官能基を表面に生 成し、 その官能基と結合するェポキシ基やイソシァネ —ト基、 イミ ダゾール基といった反応性の部位を つ重合性モノマ一で再度表面 処理する とが、 その後のレジンとの重合体をつくるので有効な手 段となりうる In the implementation of this example, examples of the fiber material include plastic fibers such as glass fiber, polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyacryl. The diameter of these fibers is usually several ΙΙηπ! The range of ~ is preferable. The surface treatment of the fiber is a silane coupling treatment in which a monomer is introduced when the monomer fiber is glass fiber, and plasma treatment, corona discharge, By UV treatment, functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl and amino groups are generated on the surface, and once again a polymerizable monomer with reactive sites such as epoxy, isocyanate, and imidazole groups that bind to the functional group. Surface treatment can be an effective means because it forms a polymer with the resin afterwards.
なお、 本例は、 ブリ ッジについて示すものであるが、 クラウンな どの単冠用のブロックにも、 好適に使用することができる。 加工さ れた補綴物は、 咀嚼等による割れを抑えることができる。 また、 こ のように、 本発明は、 補強材を成型時に固定して、 内部の気泡を抑 えて充填できる方法であるため、 補強材は繊維の不織布、 編織物、 また接着などにより橋掛け状となったシート、 三次元構造体でも良 い。 また、 繊維は中空状、 多孔質状でも良い。 産業上の利用可能性 In addition, although this example shows about a bridge | bridging, it can be used conveniently also for the block for single crowns, such as a crown. The processed prosthesis can suppress cracking due to mastication or the like. Further, as described above, the present invention is a method in which the reinforcing material can be fixed at the time of molding and the internal bubbles can be suppressed and filled. Therefore, the reinforcing material can be a nonwoven fabric of fibers, a knitted fabric, It is also possible to use a sheet or a three-dimensional structure that is bridged by bonding. The fiber may be hollow or porous. Industrial applicability
本発明によれば、 C A D C A Mを用いた歯科補綴物の製造の際用 いられる樹脂と無機充填剤のハイブリッ ドブロックが提供され、 セ ラミックス、 樹脂だけのブロックに比べ、 強度及び審美度に優れた ものが製造可能であることから、 歯科分野におけるより合理的な補 綴物の製造が可能となる。 According to the present invention, a hybrid block of a resin and an inorganic filler used in the manufacture of a dental prosthesis using CADCAM is provided, which is superior in strength and aesthetics compared to a block made of ceramic or resin alone. Since it can be manufactured, a more rational prosthesis can be manufactured in the dental field.
また、 本発明によれば、 審美性を高めた歯科用補綴物であって、 前歯の表面用の補綴物として好適な補綴物の製造が可能となる。 Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to produce a dental prosthesis having improved aesthetics, which is suitable as a prosthesis for the front tooth surface.
Claims
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2010518045A JPWO2009154301A1 (en) | 2008-06-18 | 2009-06-18 | Dental prosthesis processing block and manufacturing method thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008-159573 | 2008-06-18 | ||
| JP2008159573 | 2008-06-18 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2009154301A1 true WO2009154301A1 (en) | 2009-12-23 |
Family
ID=41434210
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2009/061541 Ceased WO2009154301A1 (en) | 2008-06-18 | 2009-06-18 | Block for processing dental prostheses, and manufacturing method therefor |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2009154301A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2009154301A1 (en) |
Cited By (38)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2011162286A1 (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2011-12-29 | パナソニック電工株式会社 | Molded body for dental cutting tool and method for producing same |
| WO2012042911A1 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-05 | クラレメディカル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| JP2012078644A (en) * | 2010-10-04 | 2012-04-19 | Jsr Corp | Teeth model, teeth model block, and method for manufacturing the same |
| KR101221026B1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2013-01-10 | 고찬중 | Method for preparing material for dental restoration and material for dental restoration prepared by the same |
| WO2014021343A1 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2014-02-06 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Method for manufacturing dental mill blank |
| WO2015045698A1 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2015-04-02 | 株式会社ジーシー | Method for manufacturing dental resin block |
| WO2016148289A1 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-09-22 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Workpiece unit and method for producing same |
| JP2016174684A (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-10-06 | 株式会社ジーシー | Ceramic blank |
| JP2017006728A (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2017-01-12 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Customized dental blank manufacturing method and system |
| WO2017098096A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2017-06-15 | Societe De Recherches Techniques Dentaires - Rtd | Cad/cam-machinable disc for the manufacture of fiber inlay-cores |
| JP2017109036A (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2017-06-22 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Manufacturing method of dental mill blank, and dental mill blank obtained by the same |
| JP2017124981A (en) * | 2016-01-13 | 2017-07-20 | 株式会社松風 | A fiber-containing block-like composite material for dental cutting having a multilayer structure with different transparency. |
| WO2017154850A1 (en) * | 2016-03-07 | 2017-09-14 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank and method for producing same |
| WO2018002960A1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-04 | Dws S.R.L. | Method and system for making dental prostheses |
| EP3275851A1 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2018-01-31 | Shofu Inc. | Dental temporary calcined body having colored inside |
| WO2018049331A1 (en) * | 2016-09-09 | 2018-03-15 | Jensen Industries Inc. | Zirconia blank having a color gradient and methods of making same |
| JP2018042895A (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2018-03-22 | ローランドディー.ジー.株式会社 | Crown prosthesis preparing system, crown prosthesis preparing method, and program for preparing crown prosthesis |
| JP2018042894A (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2018-03-22 | ローランドディー.ジー.株式会社 | Crown prosthesis manufacturing system, crown prosthesis manufacturing method and program for crown prosthesis manufacturing |
| JP2018126588A (en) * | 2012-05-10 | 2018-08-16 | レニショウ パブリック リミテッド カンパニーRenishaw Public Limited Company | Method for producing article |
| JPWO2018074583A1 (en) * | 2016-10-20 | 2018-12-06 | Yamakin株式会社 | Composite resin material for dental cutting and method for producing the same |
| JP2018537230A (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2018-12-20 | クルツァー ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングKulzer GmbH | Method for producing large blocks of polymerized dental material |
| JP2019000683A (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2019-01-10 | 株式会社ジーシー | Ceramic blank |
| JPWO2018230657A1 (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2020-05-21 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| WO2020137224A1 (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2020-07-02 | 株式会社トクヤマデンタル | Joining structure for processing |
| WO2020185086A1 (en) * | 2019-03-14 | 2020-09-17 | Identiq Tandtechniek | Method for providing a natural colour and optical depth to a dental object |
| US10898302B2 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2021-01-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multi-layered zirconia dental mill blank and process of production |
| US10905531B2 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2021-02-02 | Shofu Inc. | Mill blank for dental CAD/CAM with groove not extending over whole of circumference |
| US11033369B2 (en) | 2015-08-28 | 2021-06-15 | Shofu Inc. | Dental mill blank having multiple layers that are visually identifiable |
| CN113730264A (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2021-12-03 | 爱迪特(秦皇岛)科技股份有限公司 | Dental gradient resin ceramic repair material and preparation method thereof |
| JPWO2020166667A1 (en) * | 2019-02-14 | 2021-12-09 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| KR20220066478A (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2022-05-24 | 주식회사 바이오덴 | Dental hybrid resin block composition and dental hybrid resin block using the composition |
| WO2022209951A1 (en) * | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | キヤノン株式会社 | Method for estimating color for dental prosthesis, information processing device, method for producing dental prosthesis, information processing method, and program |
| JP2022152229A (en) * | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Color estimation method of dental prosthesis, information processing device, and manufacturing method of dental prosthesis |
| JP2022167627A (en) * | 2021-04-23 | 2022-11-04 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method and program |
| WO2022248775A1 (en) * | 2021-05-27 | 2022-12-01 | Societe De Recherches Techniques Dentaires | Block machinable by cad/cam for the manufacture of a dental prosthetic element, in particular a fibre inlay core |
| EP3943041A4 (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2022-12-14 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | DENTAL PROSTHESIS COLORING DEVICE, TREATMENT DEVICE, AND COLORING METHOD |
| WO2023032728A1 (en) | 2021-09-06 | 2023-03-09 | 株式会社トクヤマデンタル | Crown appearance color confirmation method, appliance kit, and appliance for demonstration |
| WO2024062846A1 (en) | 2022-09-22 | 2024-03-28 | 株式会社ジーシー | Method for coloring dental ceramic, and coloring solution for dental ceramic |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP7018257B2 (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2022-02-10 | 株式会社ジーシーデンタルプロダクツ | How to make a hardened dental resin |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH1094551A (en) * | 1996-05-17 | 1998-04-14 | Brandestini Marco | Preparation of dental component and blank for executing the method |
| JPH11104404A (en) * | 1997-10-01 | 1999-04-20 | Eme:Kk | Method and apparatus for kneading and defoaming |
| JPH11290668A (en) * | 1998-04-13 | 1999-10-26 | Shinkii:Kk | Agitation defoaming device |
| JP2004035332A (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-02-05 | Advance Co Ltd | Ceramic block |
| JP2004516066A (en) * | 2000-12-18 | 2004-06-03 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Dental mill blank assembly and method of making the same |
-
2009
- 2009-06-18 JP JP2010518045A patent/JPWO2009154301A1/en active Pending
- 2009-06-18 WO PCT/JP2009/061541 patent/WO2009154301A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH1094551A (en) * | 1996-05-17 | 1998-04-14 | Brandestini Marco | Preparation of dental component and blank for executing the method |
| JPH11104404A (en) * | 1997-10-01 | 1999-04-20 | Eme:Kk | Method and apparatus for kneading and defoaming |
| JPH11290668A (en) * | 1998-04-13 | 1999-10-26 | Shinkii:Kk | Agitation defoaming device |
| JP2004516066A (en) * | 2000-12-18 | 2004-06-03 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Dental mill blank assembly and method of making the same |
| JP2004035332A (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-02-05 | Advance Co Ltd | Ceramic block |
Cited By (83)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPWO2011162286A1 (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2013-08-22 | パナソニック株式会社 | Molded body for dental cutting and method for producing the same |
| WO2011162286A1 (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2011-12-29 | パナソニック電工株式会社 | Molded body for dental cutting tool and method for producing same |
| US9320579B2 (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2016-04-26 | Panasonic Healthcare Holdings Co., Ltd. | Dental molded product for milling and manufactual method thereof |
| EP2586399A4 (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2015-09-30 | Panasonic Healthcare Holdings Co Ltd | MOLDED BODY FOR DENTAL CUTTING WORK, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME |
| CN102958466A (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2013-03-06 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Molded body for dental cutting tool and method for producing same |
| CN102958466B (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2015-07-01 | 松下健康医疗控股株式会社 | Molded body for dental cutting tool and method for producing same |
| CN103118626A (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2013-05-22 | 可乐丽则武齿科株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| US9089482B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2015-07-28 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | Dental mill blank |
| JP5613772B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2014-10-29 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| WO2012042911A1 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-05 | クラレメディカル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| CN103118626B (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2015-08-05 | 可乐丽则武齿科株式会社 | Dental grinding blanks |
| JP2012078644A (en) * | 2010-10-04 | 2012-04-19 | Jsr Corp | Teeth model, teeth model block, and method for manufacturing the same |
| JP2018126588A (en) * | 2012-05-10 | 2018-08-16 | レニショウ パブリック リミテッド カンパニーRenishaw Public Limited Company | Method for producing article |
| JP2017006728A (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2017-01-12 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Customized dental blank manufacturing method and system |
| WO2014021343A1 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2014-02-06 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Method for manufacturing dental mill blank |
| US10172695B2 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2019-01-08 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | Method for manufacturing dental mill blank |
| KR101221026B1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2013-01-10 | 고찬중 | Method for preparing material for dental restoration and material for dental restoration prepared by the same |
| JP5727112B1 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2015-06-03 | 株式会社ジーシー | Manufacturing method of dental resin block |
| JP2015097854A (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2015-05-28 | 株式会社ジーシー | Manufacturing method of dental resin block |
| WO2015045698A1 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2015-04-02 | 株式会社ジーシー | Method for manufacturing dental resin block |
| JP2016174684A (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-10-06 | 株式会社ジーシー | Ceramic blank |
| JP7029293B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2022-03-03 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Work unit and its manufacturing method |
| WO2016148289A1 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-09-22 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Workpiece unit and method for producing same |
| US11185397B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2021-11-30 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | Workpiece unit and method for producing same |
| JPWO2016148289A1 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2018-01-18 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Worked unit and manufacturing method thereof |
| US11033369B2 (en) | 2015-08-28 | 2021-06-15 | Shofu Inc. | Dental mill blank having multiple layers that are visually identifiable |
| WO2017098096A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2017-06-15 | Societe De Recherches Techniques Dentaires - Rtd | Cad/cam-machinable disc for the manufacture of fiber inlay-cores |
| CN108366847A (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2018-08-03 | Rtd牙科技术研究公司 | CAD/CAM for manufacturing the embedding core of fiber can process disk |
| FR3044890A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2017-06-16 | Soc De Rech Techniques Dentaires - Rtd | CAD / CAM DISK FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF INLAY CORE FIBERS |
| US10524887B2 (en) | 2015-12-10 | 2020-01-07 | Societe De Recherches Techniques Dentaires—Rtd | CAD/CAM-machinable disc for the manufacture of fiber inlay-cores |
| JP2019504114A (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2019-02-14 | ソシエテ ドゥ ルシェルシュ テクニク ダンテール | CAD / CAM machinable disc for the production of fiber inlay cores |
| JP2018537230A (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2018-12-20 | クルツァー ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングKulzer GmbH | Method for producing large blocks of polymerized dental material |
| JP2017109036A (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2017-06-22 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Manufacturing method of dental mill blank, and dental mill blank obtained by the same |
| CN106963656B (en) * | 2016-01-13 | 2022-02-22 | 株式会社松风 | Block composite material for dental cutting having fiber-containing material with multilayer structure having different transparency |
| CN106963656A (en) * | 2016-01-13 | 2017-07-21 | 株式会社松风 | The dentistry machining block composite material of fibre with the different sandwich construction of the transparency |
| US11141247B2 (en) | 2016-01-13 | 2021-10-12 | Shofu Inc. | Block-like composite material for dental cutting and processing having multilayered structure including layers with different transparencies and containing fiber material |
| JP2017124981A (en) * | 2016-01-13 | 2017-07-20 | 株式会社松風 | A fiber-containing block-like composite material for dental cutting having a multilayer structure with different transparency. |
| WO2017154850A1 (en) * | 2016-03-07 | 2017-09-14 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank and method for producing same |
| US10898302B2 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2021-01-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multi-layered zirconia dental mill blank and process of production |
| KR20190018500A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2019-02-22 | 디더블유에스 에스.알.엘. | Method and system for manufacturing dental prosthesis |
| KR102102566B1 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2020-04-21 | 디더블유에스 에스.알.엘. | Method and system for manufacturing dental prosthesis |
| US11980512B2 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2024-05-14 | Dws S.R.L. | Method and system for making dental prostheses |
| JP2019528805A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2019-10-17 | ディーダブリューエス エス.アール.エル. | Method and system for creating a dental prosthesis |
| WO2018002960A1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-04 | Dws S.R.L. | Method and system for making dental prostheses |
| EP3275851A1 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2018-01-31 | Shofu Inc. | Dental temporary calcined body having colored inside |
| EP4180406A1 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2023-05-17 | Shofu Inc. | Dental temporary calcined body having colored inside |
| US10905531B2 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2021-02-02 | Shofu Inc. | Mill blank for dental CAD/CAM with groove not extending over whole of circumference |
| WO2018049331A1 (en) * | 2016-09-09 | 2018-03-15 | Jensen Industries Inc. | Zirconia blank having a color gradient and methods of making same |
| JP2018042894A (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2018-03-22 | ローランドディー.ジー.株式会社 | Crown prosthesis manufacturing system, crown prosthesis manufacturing method and program for crown prosthesis manufacturing |
| JP2018042895A (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2018-03-22 | ローランドディー.ジー.株式会社 | Crown prosthesis preparing system, crown prosthesis preparing method, and program for preparing crown prosthesis |
| JPWO2018074583A1 (en) * | 2016-10-20 | 2018-12-06 | Yamakin株式会社 | Composite resin material for dental cutting and method for producing the same |
| JPWO2018230657A1 (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2020-05-21 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| JP7130641B2 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2022-09-05 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | dental mill blank |
| JP2019000683A (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2019-01-10 | 株式会社ジーシー | Ceramic blank |
| RU2769884C1 (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2022-04-07 | Токуяма Дентал Корпорейшн | Connecting structure for processing |
| US12383384B2 (en) | 2018-12-25 | 2025-08-12 | Tokuyama Dental Corporation | Joining structure for processing |
| CN112969429A (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2021-06-15 | 德山齿科株式会社 | Joining structure for machining |
| CN112969429B (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2022-04-26 | 德山齿科株式会社 | Joint structure for processing |
| JP2020099600A (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2020-07-02 | 株式会社トクヤマデンタル | Joining structure for machining |
| WO2020137224A1 (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2020-07-02 | 株式会社トクヤマデンタル | Joining structure for processing |
| JPWO2020166667A1 (en) * | 2019-02-14 | 2021-12-09 | クラレノリタケデンタル株式会社 | Dental mill blank |
| EP3925593A4 (en) * | 2019-02-14 | 2023-01-11 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | Dental mill blank |
| NL2022738B1 (en) * | 2019-03-14 | 2020-09-18 | Identiq Tandtechniek | Method for providing a natural colour and optical depth to a tooth object |
| WO2020185086A1 (en) * | 2019-03-14 | 2020-09-17 | Identiq Tandtechniek | Method for providing a natural colour and optical depth to a dental object |
| US11813129B2 (en) | 2019-03-14 | 2023-11-14 | Oralcol Assets Holding B.V. | Method for providing a natural colour and optical depth to a dental object |
| EP3943041A4 (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2022-12-14 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | DENTAL PROSTHESIS COLORING DEVICE, TREATMENT DEVICE, AND COLORING METHOD |
| US11986365B2 (en) | 2019-03-20 | 2024-05-21 | Kuraray Noritake Dental Inc. | Dental prosthesis coloring device, machining apparatus, and coloring method |
| KR20220066478A (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2022-05-24 | 주식회사 바이오덴 | Dental hybrid resin block composition and dental hybrid resin block using the composition |
| KR102466073B1 (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2022-11-11 | 주식회사 바이오덴 | Dental hybrid resin block composition and dental hybrid resin block using the composition |
| JP7757045B2 (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2025-10-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | Dental prosthesis color estimation method, information processing device, and dental prosthesis manufacturing method |
| WO2022209951A1 (en) * | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | キヤノン株式会社 | Method for estimating color for dental prosthesis, information processing device, method for producing dental prosthesis, information processing method, and program |
| JP2022152229A (en) * | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Color estimation method of dental prosthesis, information processing device, and manufacturing method of dental prosthesis |
| JP7757049B2 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2025-10-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method, and program |
| JP2022167627A (en) * | 2021-04-23 | 2022-11-04 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method and program |
| JP2024518854A (en) * | 2021-05-27 | 2024-05-07 | ソシエテ・ドゥ・ルシェルシュ・テクニーク・デンテル | CAD/CAM-machinable blocks for producing dental prosthetic components, in particular fiber inlay cores - Patents.com |
| WO2022248775A1 (en) * | 2021-05-27 | 2022-12-01 | Societe De Recherches Techniques Dentaires | Block machinable by cad/cam for the manufacture of a dental prosthetic element, in particular a fibre inlay core |
| JP2023035918A (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-13 | 愛迪特(秦皇島)科技股分有限公司 | Dental gradation color resin ceramic restorative materials and manufacturing method thereof |
| CN113730264B (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2024-03-12 | 爱迪特(秦皇岛)科技股份有限公司 | Dental gradient color resin ceramic restoration material and preparation method thereof |
| JP7502378B2 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2024-06-18 | 愛迪特(秦皇島)科技股分有限公司 | Dental gradation color resin ceramic restorative material and its manufacturing method |
| CN113730264A (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2021-12-03 | 爱迪特(秦皇岛)科技股份有限公司 | Dental gradient resin ceramic repair material and preparation method thereof |
| EP4144334A1 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-08 | Aidite (Qinhuangdao) Technology Co., Ltd. | Dental gradient color-resin ceramic restoration material and preparation method thereof |
| WO2023032728A1 (en) | 2021-09-06 | 2023-03-09 | 株式会社トクヤマデンタル | Crown appearance color confirmation method, appliance kit, and appliance for demonstration |
| WO2024062846A1 (en) | 2022-09-22 | 2024-03-28 | 株式会社ジーシー | Method for coloring dental ceramic, and coloring solution for dental ceramic |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2009154301A1 (en) | 2011-12-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2009154301A1 (en) | Block for processing dental prostheses, and manufacturing method therefor | |
| JP2010220882A (en) | Method for manufacturing dental prosthesis | |
| JP7036810B2 (en) | 3D modeling material system and method for manufacturing layered dental products | |
| JP7010859B2 (en) | High-strength 3D manufacturing material system and method for producing dental products | |
| US8509933B2 (en) | Fabrication of non-homogeneous articles via additive manufacturing using three-dimensional voxel-based models | |
| US10463455B2 (en) | Formed denture and method of making same | |
| US10617495B2 (en) | Dental milling block containing individualized dental article and process of production | |
| AU2013206255B2 (en) | Production of individual dental prostheses via CAD/CAM and rapid manufacturing / rapid prototyping based on data of the situation in the mouth obtained by digital means | |
| RU2680802C2 (en) | Three-dimensional fabricating material systems for producing dental products | |
| CN110423311A (en) | Photo curable resin combination and its application method for being used to manufacture artificial tooth and basal seat area in 3D printing | |
| JP7170536B2 (en) | Method and system for building up dental objects | |
| KR20190137079A (en) | Dental curable composition and method for producing same | |
| US20050170315A1 (en) | System, method, computer program product and apparatus for producing dental restorations | |
| WO2023008233A1 (en) | Method for producing three-dimensional molded objects | |
| JP2004344623A (en) | Automatic forming device for dental structure | |
| US20080199826A1 (en) | Dental Composite | |
| TWI643602B (en) | Method and system for making dental prostheses | |
| KR20230122736A (en) | Hybrid-ceramic dental prosthesis for additive manufacturing | |
| US20230026132A1 (en) | Systems and methods for 3d printed material surface treatments | |
| Fahl Jr | Single-shaded direct anterior composite restorations: a simplified technique for enhanced results | |
| US20050132928A1 (en) | Dental composites placement techniques for direct restorations | |
| JP7574999B2 (en) | Laminated Dental Machining Resin Blanks | |
| US20250152316A1 (en) | Mill blank for dental cutting and method for producing same | |
| JP2025041519A (en) | Method for manufacturing dental cutting mill blanks | |
| Pascual | Color Stability of 3D Printed Denture Teeth Resins |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 09766749 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2010518045 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 09766749 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |